e1000_check_for_link_media_swap() checks PHY page 0 for copper and PHY
page 1 for "other" (fiber) link. The switch back from page 1 to page 0
happened too soon, before e1000_check_for_link_82575() is executed, and
link on fiber (other) was never detected. Check for link while still on
the proper PHY page.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For two reasons I want to disable this:
1. Not any part actually check the report status(Alexander Duyck)
2. To report hash value of a packet to stack,
RSS -> 32bits hash value
Perfect match fdir filter -> 13bits hash value
Hashed-based fdir filter -> 31bits hash value
fdir filter might hash on masked tuples for IP address,
so it's still not desirable for usage.
So for now, just stick to RSS 32bits hash value.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set hash type for ingress packets according to NIC
advanced receive descriptors RSS type part.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
RSS could be leveraged by taking account L4 src/dst ports
as ingredients, thus ingress skb Rx hash type should honor
such the real configuration.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change folds the ixgbevf_pull_tail call into ixgbevf_add_rx_frag. The
advantage to doing this is that the fragment doesn't have to be modified
after it is added to the skb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we pull the timestamp from the fragment before
we add it to the skb. By doing this we can avoid a possible issue in which
the fragment can possibly be less than IGB_RX_HDR_LEN due to the timestamp
being pulled after the copybreak check.
While making this change I realized we could also pull the rest of the
igb_pull_tail function into igb_add_rx_frag since in the case of igb,
unlike ixgbe, we are able to unmap the entire buffer before calling
add_rx_frag so merging the two allows for sharing of code between the two
merged functions.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
CC: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The comment in question is word-for-word copied from ixgbe, and clearly
has no meaning in freescale's driver. (it even says 'return an error'
when the code clearly does not). Remove the comment as it is obviously
incorrect and not applicable to the code as it is today.
CC: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@gmail.com>
CC: Vitaly Bordug <vbordug@ru.mvista.com>
CC: <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not
be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change
the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of
course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but
that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of
all drivers are currently using it at all.
While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag
again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* fix a crash in time events
* fix a crash in PCIe transport
* fix BT Coex code that prevented association on certain
devices (3160).
* revert the new RBD allocation model because it introduced
a bug when running on weak VM setups.
* a new device IDs
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=TLrS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-06-12' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* bug fixes specific for 8000 series
* fix a crash in time events
* fix a crash in PCIe transport
* fix BT Coex code that prevented association on certain
devices (3160).
* revert the new RBD allocation model because it introduced
a bug when running on weak VM setups.
* a new device IDs
First, dma_sync_single_for_cpu() shouldn't have been called in the first place
(it's a streaming DMA API), dma_unmap_single() should have been called instead.
Second, dma_unmap_single() call after handing the buffer to napi_gro_receive()
makes little sense. Moreover desc->dptr might not be valid at this point.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The regulators power and transceiver are optional. If those are not
present, the pointer (or error pointer) is correctly handled by the
driver, hence we can use devm_regulator_get_optional safely, which
avoids regulators getting created.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
If a valid power regulator or a dummy regulator is used (which
happens to be the case when no regulator is specified), restart_work
is queued no matter whether the device was running or not at suspend
time. Since work queues get initialized in the ndo_open callback,
resuming leads to a NULL pointer exception.
Reverse exactly the steps executed at suspend time:
- Enable the power regulator in any case
- Enable the transceiver regulator if the device was running, even in
case we have a power regulator
- Queue restart_work only in case the device was running
Fixes: bf66f3736a ("can: mcp251x: Move to threaded interrupts instead of workqueues.")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
protodown can be set by user space applications like MLAG on detecting
errors on a switch port. This patch provides sample switch driver changes
for handling protodown. Rocker PHYS disables the port in response to
protodown.
Signed-off-by: Anuradha Karuppiah <anuradhak@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for a new method of signalling the firmware
that TSO packets are being sent. The new method removes the need to
alter the ip and tcp checksums and allows TSO6 support.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All structures used in traffic forwarding are rcu-protected:
ipvl_addr, ipvl_dev and ipvl_port. Thus we can unhash addresses
without synchronization. We'll anyway hash it back into the same
bucket: in worst case lockless lookup will scan hash once again.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing kfree_rcu(addr, rcu);
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are unused after commit f631c44bbe ("ipvlan: Always set broadcast bit in
multicast filter").
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current change mtu call only stops tx before removing RNDIS filter.
In case ringbufer is not empty, the rndis_filter_device_remove() may
hang on removing the buffers.
This patch adds close of RNDIS filter before removing it, also a
gradual waiting loop until the ring is empty. The change_mtu hang
issue under heavy traffic is solved by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-07-14
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Joe Stringer and Jesse Gross add a ndo_features_check function to ensure
that the i40e driver does not try to offload packets that exceed 80 bytes
in length.
Anjali adds additional stats to track flow director ATR and SB current
state and flow director flush count which will help the need for verbose
debug logs with respect to flow director. Also refines an error message
to avoid confusion, so that it indicates what may have really happened
when the init_shared_code() call possibly fails.
Pawel adds new fields to the capabilities structures to handle Flex-10
device/function capabilities which is needed to support Flex-10 configs.
Jesse improves the transmit performance by added a prefetch for the
next transmit descriptor to be used when we know there are more coming.
Mitch modifies i40evf driver to handle/allow an abundance of vectors.
Currently the driver only maps transmit and receive queues to a single
MSI-X vector per queue if there are exactly enough vectors for this, but
if we have too many vectors, it will fail and allocate queues to vectors
in a suboptimal manner. So change the condition check to allow for an
excess number of vectors and won't use the extras. Also update the
driver to just return success if the user attempts to set a port VLAN on
a VF that already has the same port VLAN configured, instead of going
through unnecessary filter removals & adds. Fix the MAC filters for VFs,
which were being programmed with 0 for the VLAN value when there was no
VLAN assigned. Instead, we must use -1 to indicate that no VLAN is in
use. Fix the VF disable code, which was not properly cleaning up the VF
and would leave the VF in an indeterminate state, so fix this by
notifying the VF and then call the normal VF reset routine. Fix the
logic in the driver so that MAC filters are added and removed correctly
and added a check for the driver's hardware MAC address so that this
filter does not get removed incorrectly.
Carolyn removes incorrect #ifdef's which should not have been added in
the first place and with the #ifdef's removed, make the necessary
changes in the driver to resolve compile errors.
Greg updates the admin queue command header defines.
v2: fix indentation in patch 12 based on feedback from Sergei Shtylyov
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJVpgZgAAoJEP5prqPJtc/HPsMIAJTtkEzuZvjjV0rJ3/qvicdi
hz8Up9T4A3Ef8ynXlejYUTL6yksuo/rOwGwzcqF9QrJPaihqSwxLtPHbshKWp1RB
VX6Vjli7vDzHdX2wDjICt4If9FDCtJXLHfk6WLNwMnOX+ODfiGdyCR5L89c1asnZ
zDEI0HlyZO6yRHYyQF31fm/ze6oHOPjL49pypzRf6LwRJVRs6rdUUIZza3DadHRU
S1Lez1kXtBEVx4F6yryziLdvrM/7nfR0dfnW1Q0l3jtcjijfLeRN6ky4vEarw16s
onymQ8zXB0U0DK0waXhi0dL46p28KNlHtz79fgugHj2IGVcgQhwjsbO4EAsQbiE=
=S0cQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.2-20150715' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2015-07-15
this is a pull request of 12 patches by me.
This series fixes the use of the skb after netif_receive_skb() / netif_rx()
which exists in several drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to memset memory allocated with vzalloc.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The eTSEC h/w is capable of scatter/gather on the receive side
too if MAXFRM > MRBLR, when the allowed maximum Rx frame size
is set to be greater than the maximum Rx buffer size (MRBLR).
It's about time the driver makes use of this h/w capability,
by supporting fixed buffer sizes and Rx S/G.
The buffer size given to eTSEC for reception is fixed to
1536B (must be multiple of 64), which is the same default
buffer size as before, used to accommodate standard MTU
(1500B) size frames. As before, eTSEC can receive frames of
up to 9600B. Individual Rx buffers are mapped to page halves
(page size for eTSEC systems is 4KB). The skb is built around
the first buffer of a frame (using build_skb()). In case the
frame spans multiple buffers, the trailing buffers are added
as Rx fragments to the skb. The last buffer in frame is marked
by the L status flag. A mechanism is in place to reuse the pages
owned by the driver (for Rx) for subsequent receptions.
Supporting fixed size buffers allows the implementation of Rx S/G,
which in turn removes the memory pressure issues the driver had
before when MTU was set for jumbo frame reception.
Also, in most cases, the Rx path becomes faster due to Rx page
reusal, since the overhead of allocating new rx buffers is removed
from the fast path.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use "ndev" instead of "dev", as the rx queue back pointer
to a net_device struct, to avoid name clashing with a
"struct device" reference. This prepares the addition of a
"struct device" back pointer to the rx queue structure.
Remove duplicated rxq registration in the process.
Move napi_gro_receive() outside gfar_process_frame().
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several (long standing) problems about how the status
field of the rx buffer descriptor (rxbd) is currently handled on
the error path:
- too many unnecessary 16bit reads of the two halves of the rxbd
status field (32bit), also resulting in overuse of endianness
convesion macros;
- "bdp->status = RXBD_LARGE" makes no sense, since the "large"
flag is read only (only eTSEC can write it), and trying to clear
the other status bits is also error prone in this context
(most of the rx status bits are read only anyway).
This is fixed with a single 32bit read of the "status" field,
and then the appropriate 16bit shifting is applied to access
the various status bits or the rx frame length. Also corrected
the use of the RXBD_LARGE flag.
Additional fix:
"rx_over_errors" stat is incremented instead of "rx_crc_errors"
in case of RXBD_OVERRUN occurrence.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a more common consumer/ producer index design to improve
rx buffer allocation. Instead of allocating a single new buffer
(skb) on each iteration, bundle the allocation of several rx
buffers at a time. This also opens the path for further memory
optimizations.
Remove useless check of rxq->rfbptr, since this patch touches
rx pause frame handling code as well. rxq->rfbptr is always
initialized as part of Rx BD ring init.
Remove redundant (and misleading) 'amount_pull' parameter.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 6c3e921b18.
commit 6c3e921b18 ("net: fec: Ensure clocks are enabled while using mdio
bus") prevents the kernel to boot on mx6 boards, so let's revert it.
Reported-by: Tyler Baker <tyler.baker@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Bernd Krumboeck <b.krumboeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Gerhard Uttenthaler <uttenthaler@ems-wuensche.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Thomas Körper <thomas.koerper@esd.eu>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Cc: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Anant Gole <anantgole@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Aaron Wu <Aaron.wu@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Bump.
Change-ID: I84573d9fa51effc5b29bf5b8c74e3cc8b2673f48
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Change a warning message to indicate what may have really happened when
the init_shared_code call fails.
Change-ID: I616ace40fed120d0dec86dfc91ab2d7cde466904
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_add_pd_table_entry() routine is being modified to handle both
cases where a backing page is passed and where backing page is allocated
in i40e_add_pd_table_entry().
For PBLE resource management, it is more efficient for it to manage its
backing pages. For VF, PBLE backing page addresses will be send to PF
driver for PBLE resource.
The i40e_remove_pd_bp() is also modified to not free pre-allocated pages and
free only ones which were allocated in i40e_add_pd_table_entry().
Change-ID: Ie673f0403f22979e9406f5a94048dceb91bcf9a8
Signed-off-by: Faisal Latif <faisal.latif@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During close, all of the MAC filters are cleared, so the driver would be
unable to receive unicast packets after being closed and reopened.
Add the adapter's "hardware" MAC address filter in open, not init. This
ensures that the correct filter is present each time.
Change-ID: I51a11e9c1200139dab6f66a5353bd38c7d26f875
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to an inverted conditional, the driver was marking all of its MAC
filters for deletion every time set_rx_mode was called. Depending upon
the timing of the calls to set_rx_mode and the processing of the admin
queue, the driver would (accidentally) end up with a varying number of
functional filters.
Correct this logic so that MAC filters are added and removed correctly.
Add a check for the driver's "hardware" MAC address so that this filter
doesn't get removed incorrectly.
Change-ID: Ib3e7c4a5b53df6835f164fe44cb778cb71f8aff8
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a VF is disabled, there is no way for it to recover until either
the PF driver is reloaded or SR-IOV is disabled and enabled. To correct
this, enable the VF after a successful reset.
Change-ID: I9e0788476c4d53d5407961b503febdfff2b8a7c6
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VF disable code was just whanging on the reset bit without properly
cleaning up the VF, which would leave the VF in an indeterminate state
from which it could not recover. Fix this by notifying the VF and then
by calling the normal VF reset routine.
Change-ID: I862b9dfa919368773cbdc212b805b520db2f7430
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
MAC filters for VFs were being programmed with 0 for the VLAN value when
there was no VLAN assigned. This is incorrect and actually assigns the
VF to VLAN 0. Instead, we must use -1 to indicate that no VLAN is in
use. This change programs the filters correctly and gets rid of a bogus
error message when setting a port VLAN on an active VF.
Change-ID: Ica9a9906d768405377ff3308e27f7d0b5b2ea96e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make the necessary updates to i40e_adminq_cmd.h.
Change-ID: Ib031c86cc6cab78e5aa44c64d8ce5474be8d7e42
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes some #ifdef's that should not be there. They
were stopping code that is needed from being compiled in.
With these #ifdef's removed, changes are needed in the driver
to fix some compile errors: adding missing parameters to
the definition of ndo_bridge_setlink and a ndo_dflt_brige_getlink call.
Change-ID: I5516614e1bc50b6bca0647cef971bc96161ba2de
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If user attempts to set a port VLAN on a VF that already has the same
port VLAN configured, the driver will go through a completely
unnecessary flurry of filter removals and filter adds. Just check for
this condition and return success instead of doing a bunch of busywork.
Change-ID: Ia1a9e83e6ed48b3f4658bc20dfc6af0cf525d54a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver currently only maps TX and RX queues to a single MSI-X vector
per queue pair if there are exactly enough vectors for this.
Unfortunately, if we have too many vectors it will fail and allocate
queues to vectors in a suboptimal manner. Change the condition check to
allow for excess vectors. In this case, the extras just won't be used.
Change-ID: I23e1e2955c64739c86612db88a25583e6a7e0b17
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a prefetch for the next Tx descriptor to be used when we know
there are more coming.
Change-ID: Ibb9acab11d508eec2db7da795df74debc16eeacb
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Flex10 device/function capability has been upgraded to include
information needed to support Flex-10 configurations. This patch adds new
fields to the i40e_hw_capabilities structure and updates
i40e_parse_discover_capabilities functions to extract them from the AQ
response. Naming convention has changed to use flex10 mode instead of
existing mfp_mode_1.
Change-ID: I305dd888866985a30293acb3fb14fa43ca6b79ea
Signed-off-by: Pawel Orlowski <pawel.orlowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the driver can dynamically enable/disable FD ATR and SB features,
these stats help keep track of the current state and along with
fd_flush count provide a means to debug what could be going on
with the flow director filters. This will take away the need for
being verbose in our debug logs with respect to FD.
Change-ID: I29224f750fe6602391043655d18996570720377d
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e supports UDP tunnel headers up to 80 bytes in length, so
this adds a check to ensure that it doesn't try to offload
packets that exceed that.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The > should be >=. I also added spaces around the '-' operations so
the code is a little more consistent and matches the condition better.
Fixes: f53c3fe8da ('xen-netback: Introduce TX grant mapping')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the local variable intializers in the driver turned out to be pointless,
kill them.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass 1 parts had a number of significant erratas and were only available
in small numbers and under NDA. Full support also required the use of a
special toolchain that kept branches properly aligned. These workarounds
were never upstreamed and the only toolchain known to have them is
Montavista's GCC 3.0-based toolchain which completly obsoleted if not
useless these days.
So now that automated testing has tripped over the user of the
-msb1-pass1-workarounds option, rather than fixing it remove support for
pass 1 parts.
Probably nobody will notice. I seem to own the last know pass 1 board
and I haven't noticed another one in the wild in the past decade, at
least.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
Minor conflict in br_mdb.c, in 'net' we added a memset of the
on-stack 'ip' variable whereas in 'net-next' we assign a new
member 'vid'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Missing list head init in bluetooth hidp session creation, from Tedd
Ho-Jeong An.
2) Don't leak SKB in bridge netfilter error paths, from Florian
Westphal.
3) ipv6 netdevice private leak in netfilter bridging, fixed by Julien
Grall.
4) Fix regression in IP over hamradio bpq encapsulation, from Ralf
Baechle.
5) Fix race between rhashtable resize events and table walks, from Phil
Sutter.
6) Missing validation of IFLA_VF_INFO netlink attributes, fix from
Daniel Borkmann.
7) Missing security layer socket state initialization in tipc code,
from Stephen Smalley.
8) Fix shared IRQ handling in boomerang 3c59x interrupt handler, from
Denys Vlasenko.
9) Missing minor_idr destroy on module unload on macvtap driver, from
Johannes Thumshirn.
10) Various pktgen kernel thread races, from Oleg Nesterov.
11) Fix races that can cause packets to be processed in the backlog even
after a device attached to that SKB has been fully unregistered.
From Julian Anastasov.
12) bcmgenet driver doesn't account packet drops vs. errors properly,
fix from Petri Gynther.
13) Array index validation and off by one fix in DSA layer from Florian
Fainelli
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (66 commits)
can: replace timestamp as unique skb attribute
ARM: dts: dra7x-evm: Prevent glitch on DCAN1 pinmux
can: c_can: Fix default pinmux glitch at init
can: rcar_can: unify error messages
can: rcar_can: print request_irq() error code
can: rcar_can: fix typo in error message
can: rcar_can: print signed IRQ #
can: rcar_can: fix IRQ check
net: dsa: Fix off-by-one in switch address parsing
net: dsa: Test array index before use
net: switchdev: don't abort unsupported operations
net: bcmgenet: fix accounting of packet drops vs errors
cdc_ncm: update specs URL
Doc: z8530book: Fix typo in API-z8530-sync-txdma-open.html
net: inet_diag: always export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt for listening sockets
bridge: mdb: allow the user to delete mdb entry if there's a querier
net: call rcu_read_lock early in process_backlog
net: do not process device backlog during unregistration
bridge: fix potential crash in __netdev_pick_tx()
net: axienet: Fix devm_ioremap_resource return value check
...
Commit 514ac99c64 "can: fix multiple delivery of a single CAN frame for
overlapping CAN filters" requires the skb->tstamp to be set to check for
identical CAN skbs.
Without timestamping to be required by user space applications this timestamp
was not generated which lead to commit 36c01245eb "can: fix loss of CAN frames
in raw_rcv" - which forces the timestamp to be set in all CAN related skbuffs
by introducing several __net_timestamp() calls.
This forces e.g. out of tree drivers which are not using alloc_can{,fd}_skb()
to add __net_timestamp() after skbuff creation to prevent the frame loss fixed
in mainline Linux.
This patch removes the timestamp dependency and uses an atomic counter to
create an unique identifier together with the skbuff pointer.
Btw: the new skbcnt element introduced in struct can_skb_priv has to be
initialized with zero in out-of-tree drivers which are not using
alloc_can{,fd}_skb() too.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The previous change 3973c526ae (net: can: c_can: Disable pins when CAN
interface is down) causes a slight glitch on the pinctrl settings when used.
Since commit ab78029 (drivers/pinctrl: grab default handles from device core),
the device core will automatically set the default pins. This causes the pins
to be momentarily set to the default and then to the sleep state in
register_c_can_dev(). By adding an optional "enable" state, boards can set the
default pin state to be disabled and avoid the glitch when the switch from
default to sleep first occurs. If the "enable" state is not available
c_can_pinctrl_select_state() falls back to using the "default" pinctrl state.
[Roger Q] - Forward port to v4.2 and use pinctrl_get_select().
Signed-off-by: J.D. Schroeder <jay.schroeder@garmin.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
All the error messages in the driver but the ones from devm_clk_get() failures
use similar format. Make those two messages consitent with others.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Also print the error code when the request_irq() call fails in rcar_can_open(),
rewording the error message...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fix typo in the first error message printed by rcar_can_open().
Based on the original patch by Vladimir Barinov.
Fixes: 862e2b6af9 ("can: rcar_can: support all input clocks")
Reported-by: Vladimir Barinov <vladimir.barinov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Printing IRQ # using "%x" and "%u" unsigned formats isn't quite correct as
'ndev->irq' is of type *int*, so the "%d" format needs to be used instead.
While fixing this, beautify the dev_info() message in rcar_can_probe() a bit.
Fixes: fd1159318e ("can: add Renesas R-Car CAN driver")
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
rcar_can_probe() regards 0 as a wrong IRQ #, despite platform_get_irq() that it
calls returns negative error code in that case. This leads to the following
being printed to the console when attempting to open the device:
error requesting interrupt fffffffa
because rcar_can_open() calls request_irq() with a negative IRQ #, and that
function naturally fails with -EINVAL.
Check for the negative error codes instead and propagate them upstream instead
of just returning -ENODEV.
Fixes: fd1159318e ("can: add Renesas R-Car CAN driver")
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This fixes the byte order copying in the MAO (Mac Override
Section) section from the PNVM, as the byte swapping is not
required anymore in the 8000 family. Due to the byte
swapping, the driver was reporting an incorrect MAC
adddress.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.1]
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This reverts commit 5f17570354.
This patch introduced a high latency in buffer allocation
under extreme load. This latency caused a firmwre crash.
The same scenario works fine with this patch reverted.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add preemptive flag to scheduled scan command flags. Without this
flag, all scan requests after scheduled scan was started will be
delayed until scheduled scan stops. As a result, P2P_FIND will be
blocked while scheduled scan is active.
This flag was omitted during refactoring.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add new 3165 devices support.
Add one new 8000 series device support.
Remove support for 0x0000, 0xC030 and 0xD030 sub-system IDs
in the 8000 series.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The time event is initialized relatively late in interface (mvmvif)
initialization, so it's possible to fail before that happens. As a
consequence, the driver will crash if it ever tries to delete this
time event in case initialization was unsuccessful.
Avoid this by using the time event's vif pointer to indicate validity.
The vif pointer is != NULL whenever the id is != TE_MAX, except for
this special error case where the vif pointer will have the correct
property (as the whole memory is cleared on allocation) whereas the
id is 0, causing a crash in trying to delete the time event from the
list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For 8000 series, we need to access the device to know what
firmware to load. Before we do so, we need to prepare the
device otherwise we might not be able to access the
hardware.
Fixes: c278754a21e6 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support family 8000 B2/C steps")
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.1]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
bcmgenet driver needs to separate packet drops from packet errors.
When the driver has to drop a *good* packet, due to lack of buffers or
replacement skbs, increment only dev->stats.[rx|tx]_dropped.
When the driver encounters a bad Rx packet or Tx error, increment only
dev->stats.[rx|tx]_errors + relevant detailed error counter.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update referenced specs link to reflect actual file version and location.
Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of the missing return, the macVersion value was being
overwritten with an invalid register read
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FCC long pulse radar (type 5) requires pulses to be
checked for chirping. This patch implements chirp
detection based on the FFT data provided for long
pulses.
A chirp is detected when a set of criteria defined
by FCC pulse characteristics is met, including
* have at least 4 FFT samples
* max_bin index moves equidistantly between samples
* the gradient is within defined range
The chirp detection has been tested with reference
radar generating devices and proved to work reliably.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The chip reports radar pulses on extension channel
even if operating in HT20 mode. This patch adds a
sanity check for HT40 mode before it feeds pulses
on extension channel to the pattern detector.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
commit 2c86c27501 ("Add ipw2100 wireless driver.") introduced
HW_PHY_OFF_LOOP_DELAY (HZ / 5000) which always evaluated to 0. Clarified
by Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com> that it should be 50
milliseconds thus fixed up to msecs_to_jiffies(50).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Acked-by: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Concurrent AP/GO operation on different channels
isn't really supported well by the firmware so
it's better to remove it from being advertised.
Also tune the way station and p2p client interface
limits are expressed to allow station + 2x p2p
client or station + p2p client + p2p go.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Whenever any vdev was supposed to be paused all Tx
queues were stopped (except offchannel) instead of
only these associated with the given vdev.
This caused subtle issues with
multi-channel/multi-vif scenarios, e.g.
authentication of station vif could sometimes fail
depending on fw tx pause request timing.
Fixes: b4aa539dd8 ("ath10k: implement tx pause wmi event")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Psmode can be forcefully enabled when vdev isn't
started. It isn't guaranteed that mac80211 will
re-issue psmode setting after vdev is started
unless actual bss_conf.ps value has changed.
Even if this doesn't fix any problems now it may
prevent future breakage.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The expiration function must not be called when
roc is explicitly cancelled by mac80211. However
since fcf9844636 ("ath10k: fix hw roc
expiration") the notification was never sent when
roc actually expired.
This fixes some P2P connection setup issues.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Further testing proved that multi-channel AP+STA
on QCA6174 with RM.2.0-00088 should have powersave
force-disabled to avoid beacon misses/skipping on
either side which in turn could disrupt
communication.
Since AP never has arvif->ps don't even bother
checking it. Other combinations may be broken as
well so disallow powersave with multivif outright
unless firmware advertises otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mac80211 already does provide complete IEs for
Probe Requests for hw scan and ath10k firmware was
appending duplicate Supported Rates IEs
unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In commit 418ca5992e ("ath10k: Make target cpu address to
CE address conversion chip specific") mask 0x7fff is added
by mistake instead of 0x7ff. Fix this regression.
Fixes: 418ca5992e ("ath10k: Make target cpu address to CE address conversion chip specific")
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit a521ee983d ("ath10k: Add new reg_address/mask to hw register
table") broke QCA61x4 support by providing wrong
fw_indicator_address, which should have been 0x0003a028 instead of 0x00009028.
User experience was a failing boot up sequence (crashing device during
initialization):
[ 181.663874] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
[ 181.664787] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: pci irq msi-x interrupts 8 irq_mode 0 reset_mode 0
[ 181.688886] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: device has crashed during init
[ 181.688897] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to wait for target after cold reset: -70
[ 181.688902] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to reset chip: -70
[ 181.689774] ath10k_pci: probe of 0000:02:00.0 failed with error -70
Fix it by updating the address with correct value.
Fixes: a521ee983d ("ath10k: Add new reg_address/mask to hw register table")
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch fix a spelling typo found in API-z8530-sync-txdma-open.html.
It is because this file was generated from comment in source,
I have to fix comment in source.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SET_LOOPBACK_MODE command is always issued from ethtool only in a
process context. So, while waiting for the cmd to complete, the driver
can sleep instead of holding spin_lock_bh() on the mcc_lock. This is done
by calling be_mcc_notify() instead of be_mcc_notify_wait() (that returns
only after the cmd completes while the MCCQ is locked).
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fix makes the RX_FILTER cmd asynchronous, i.e., the caller issues
this cmd and doesn't wait for a completion from the FW. If the FW/adapter
is in an error state, this change helps in not holding up the rtnl_lock
and keeping bottom halves disabled while the driver timesout waiting for
a response from the FW.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the adapter is in error state, return error from be_mcc_notify()
so that the caller routines need not sleep waiting for a response.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "dest" field in the UDP-hdr of a TX skb is in network endian format.
Convert it to host endian before accessing it. The os2bmc patch,
mentioned below introduced this code.
Fixes: 760c295e0e ("be2net: Support for OS2BMC")
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the commit a6e6ff6eee
("be2net: simplify UFI compatibility checking"), a return value of "-1"
was incorrectly used in place of "false". This patch fixes it.
Fixes: a6e6ff6eee ("be2net: simplify UFI compatibility checking")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pci_enable_device() call sets device power state to D0; there is no need
doing it again.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code assumes that bridge functionality (EVB) in the adapter
is enabled only when SR-IOV is enabled. This is not always true.
This patch uses the GET_HSW_CONFIG FW cmd to query this from the FW.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change will make be_setup_wol() routine more compact and readable
by removing some duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
platform_driver does not need to set an owner because
platform_driver_register() will set it.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support manually setting the polarity to mdi or mdix
Signed-off-by: David Thomson <david.thomson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the mdix setting from ethtool down to the phy driver, to allow
driver specific implementations of manually setting the polarity.
Signed-off-by: David Thomson <david.thomson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Value returned by devm_ioremap_resource() was checked for non-NULL but
devm_ioremap_resource() returns IOMEM_ERR_PTR, not NULL. In case of
error this could lead to dereference of ERR_PTR.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski.k@gmail.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Fixes: 46aa27df88 ("net: axienet: Use devm_* calls")
Reviewed-by: Sören Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NCM specs are not actually mandating a specific position in the frame for
the NDP (Network Datagram Pointer). However, some Huawei devices will
ignore our aggregates if it is not placed after the datagrams it points
to. Add support for doing just this, in a per-device configurable way.
While at it, update NCM subdrivers, disabling this functionality in all of
them, except in huawei_cdc_ncm where it is enabled instead.
We aren't making any distinction between different Huawei NCM devices,
based on what the vendor driver does. Standard NCM devices are left
unaffected: if they are compliant, they should be always usable, still
stay on the safe side.
This change has been tested and working with a Huawei E3131 device (which
works regardless of NDP position), a Huawei E3531 (also working both
ways) and an E3372 (which mandates NDP to be after indexed datagrams).
V1->V2:
- corrected wrong NDP acronym definition
- fixed possible NULL pointer dereference
- patch cleanup
V2->V3:
- Properly account for the NDP size when writing new packets to SKB
Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 'c03abd84634d ("net: ethernet: cpsw: don't requests
IRQs we don't use")', common isr is split into tx and rx, but
in rx isr tx interrupt is also disabledi in cpsw_disable_irq().
So tx interrupts are not handled during rx interrupts and rx
napi completion and results in poor tx performance by 40Mbps.
Fixing by disabling only rx interrupt in rx isr.
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.0+
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_hw_addr_random() instead of calling random_ether_addr().
Here, this change is setting addr_assign_type to NET_ADDR_RANDOM.
The Coccinelle semantic patch that performs this transformation
is as follows:
@@
identifier a,b;
@@
-random_ether_addr(a->b);
+eth_hw_addr_random(a);
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MV88E6320 and MV88E6321 are largely compatible to MV886352,
but are members of a different chip family.
Signed-off-by: Aleksey S. Kazantsev <ioctl@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ndo_change_mtu: on MTU change, reallocate Rx ring bufs and signal
HW of new port MTU value.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use module_pci_driver for drivers whose init and exit functions
only register and unregister, respectively.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@a@
identifier f, x;
@@
-static f(...) { return pci_register_driver(&x); }
@b depends on a@
identifier e, a.x;
statement S;
@@
-static e(...) {
-pci_unregister_driver(&x);
-DBG_PRINT(INIT_DBG,"S");
- }
@c depends on a && b@
identifier a.f;
declarer name module_init;
@@
-module_init(f);
@d depends on a && b && c@
identifier b.e, a.x;
declarer name module_exit;
declarer name module_pci_driver;
@@
-module_exit(e);
+module_pci_driver(x);
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we don't have access to the new User GTS (T5+), use the old doorbell
mechanism; otherwise use the new BAR2 mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The limit for BQL is updated each time we call
netdev_tx_completed_queue.
Without this patch the BQL limit was updated for every TX event we
see.
The issue was that this only updated the limit to handle the data
we complete in two events as the first event wouldn't show that
enough traffic had been processed between them.
This was OK when interrupt moderation was off but not when it was
on as more data had to be completed in a single interrupt.
The patch changes this so that we do report the completion to BQL
only when all the TX events in the interrupt have been processed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is sold as 'NVIDIA Tegra USB 3.0 Ethernet'.
Chipset is RTL8153 and works with r8152.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Liu <zhliu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As its first order of business, boomerang_interrupt() checks whether
the device really has any pending interrupts. If it does not,
it does nothing and returns, but it still returns IRQ_HANDLED.
This is wrong: interrupt was not handled, IRQ handlers of other
devices sharing this IRQ line need to be called.
vortex_interrupt() has it right: it returns IRQ_NONE in this case
via IRQ_RETVAL(0).
Do the same in boomerang_interrupt().
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vmxnet3's current napi path is built to count every rx descriptor we recieve,
and use that as a count of the napi budget. That means its possible to return
from a napi poll halfway through recieving a fragmented packet accross multiple
dma descriptors. If that happens, the next napi poll will start with the
descriptor ring in an improper state (e.g. the first descriptor we look at may
have the end-of-packet bit set), which will cause a BUG halt in the driver.
Fix the issue by only counting whole received packets in the napi poll and
returning that value, rather than the descriptor count.
Tested by the reporter and myself, successfully
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch avoids the double up_write to filter_sem if
efx_net_open() fails.
Resolves: 2d432f20d2
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updating the driver to read the stats of only available channels. T6 and
later has only 2 channels
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver was retrieving the parameters for the bounds of its
slice of the L2T from the firmware and then throwing those away and
using the entire table. This corrects that problem.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some versions of MCFW do not support the MC_CMD_VADAPTOR_SET_MAC
command, and ENOSYS will be returned.
If the PF created its own vport, the function's datapath must be
stopped and the vport can be reconfigured to reflect the new MAC
address.
If the MCFW created the vport for the PF (which is the case when
the nic_data->vport_mac is blank), nothing further needs to be
done as the vport is not under the control of the PF.
This only applies to PFs because the MCFW in question does not
support VFs.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Re-organize the structure of error handling to avoid having
to duplicate the netif_err() around the ifdefs.
The only change to the behaviour of the error-handling is that
the PF's data structure to record VF details should only be
updated if the original command succeeded.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When "primary_reselect" is set to "failure", primary interface should
not become active until current active slave is down. But if we set first
member of bond device as a "primary" interface and "primary_reselect"
is set to "failure" then whenever primary interface's link get back(up)
it become active slave even if current active slave is still up.
With this patch, "bond_find_best_slave" will not traverse members if
primary interface is not candidate for failover/reselection and current
active slave is still up.
Signed-off-by: Mazhar Rana <mazhar.rana@cyberoam.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use module_pci_driver for drivers whose init and exit functions
only register and unregister, respectively.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@a@
identifier f, x;
@@
-static f(...) { return pci_register_driver(&x); }
@b depends on a@
identifier e, a.x;
@@
-static e(...) { pci_unregister_driver(&x); }
@c depends on a && b@
identifier a.f;
declarer name module_init;
@@
-module_init(f);
@d depends on a && b && c@
identifier b.e, a.x;
declarer name module_exit;
declarer name module_pci_driver;
@@
-module_exit(e);
+module_pci_driver(x);
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When packet encapsulation is in use, the MTU needs to be reduced for
headroom reservation.
The existing code takes the updated MTU value only from the host side.
But vSwitch extensions, such as Open vSwitch, require the flexibility
to change the MTU to different values from within a guest during the
lifecycle of a vNIC, when the encapsulation protocol is changed. The
patch supports this kind of MTU changes.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a switch is attached to the mdio bus, the mdio bus can be used
while the interface is not open. If the IPG clock is not enabled, MDIO
reads/writes will simply time out.
Add support for runtime PM to control this clock. Enable/disable this
clock using runtime PM, with open()/close() and mdio read()/write()
function triggering runtime PM operations. Since PM is optional, the
IPG clock is enabled at probe and is no longer modified by
fec_enet_clk_enable(), thus if PM is not enabled in the kernel, it is
guaranteed the clock is running when MDIO operations are performed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running a kernel configured with CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG=y a warning
is issued:
DMA-API: device driver tries to sync DMA memory it has not allocated
This warning is the result of mapping the full range of the Rx buffer
pages allocated and then performing a dma_sync_single_for_cpu against
a calculated DMA address. The proper thing to do is to use the
dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu with a base DMA address and an offset.
Reported-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Tested-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extra check for total vfs for SRIOV to check if that value is
bigger than total vfs in pci SRIOV capabalities. Fix a check and
print of the number of maximum vfs that hw can handle. Fix a check
and print of the number of maximum vfs per port that driver can handle.
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable SG support for Zynq SOC family devices.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two duplicated xenvif_zerocopy_callback() definitions.
Remove one of them.
Signed-off-by: Liang Li <liang.z.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On UML builds, mdio-mux-mmioreg.c fails to compile:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-mux-mmioreg.c:50:3: error: implicit declaration of function ‘ioremap’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/phy/mdio-mux-mmioreg.c:63:3: error: implicit declaration of function ‘iounmap’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
This is due to CONFIG_OF now being user selectable. Add a dependency on
HAS_IOMEM to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 1d5da757da (ax25: Stop using magic
neighbour cache operations.) any attempt to transmit IP packets over
a bpqether device will result in a message like "Dead loop on virtual
device bpq0, fix it urgently!"
Fix suggested by Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.1
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mellanox driver has the knowledge if rxhash is a L4 hash,
if it receives a non fragmented TCP or UDP frame and
NETIF_F_RXCSUM is enabled on netdev.
ip_summed value is CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY in this case.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwl_trans_pcie_alloc needs to return a non-zero value
if it fails. Otherwise the iwl_drv_start will think that
the allocation succeeded.
Remove the duplication of err and ret variable and use ret
which is the name we usually use in other places of the
driver.
Fixes: c278754a21e6 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support family 8000 B2/C steps")
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.1]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
While cleanig the access to those hw-dependent registers,
instead of using the product family type, wrong condition was added
mistakenly and enabled 8000 family devices a forbidden access
to HW registers, fix it.
Fixes: 95411d0455 ("iwlwifi: pcie: Control access to the NIC's PM registers via iwl_cfg")
Signed-off-by: Dreyfuss, Haim <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Now that there is no paravirt TSC, the "native" is
inappropriate. The function does RDTSC, so give it the obvious
name: rdtsc().
Suggested-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com>
Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Huang Rui <ray.huang@amd.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: kvm ML <kvm@vger.kernel.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/fd43e16281991f096c1e4d21574d9e1402c62d39.1434501121.git.luto@kernel.org
[ Ported it to v4.2-rc1. ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
This is only used if BAYCOM_DEBUG is defined.
Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Acked-by: Thomas Sailer <t.sailer@alumni.ethz.ch
Acked-by: Walter Harms <wharms@bfs.de>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com>
Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Huang Rui <ray.huang@amd.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: kvm ML <kvm@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1195ce0c7f34169ff3006341b77806184a46b9bf.1434501121.git.luto@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
An abstraction layer was added to allow the hardware and clients to be
easily added. This required rewriting the NTB transport layer for this
abstraction layer. This modification will allow future
"high performance" NTB clients.
In addition to this change, a number of performance modifications were
added. These changes include NUMA enablement, using CPU memcpy instead
of asyncdma, and modification of NTB layer MTU size.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=CyfQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'ntb-4.2' of git://github.com/jonmason/ntb
Pull NTB updates from Jon Mason:
"This includes a pretty significant reworking of the NTB core code, but
has already produced some significant performance improvements.
An abstraction layer was added to allow the hardware and clients to be
easily added. This required rewriting the NTB transport layer for
this abstraction layer. This modification will allow future "high
performance" NTB clients.
In addition to this change, a number of performance modifications were
added. These changes include NUMA enablement, using CPU memcpy
instead of asyncdma, and modification of NTB layer MTU size"
* tag 'ntb-4.2' of git://github.com/jonmason/ntb: (22 commits)
NTB: Add split BAR output for debugfs stats
NTB: Change WARN_ON_ONCE to pr_warn_once on unsafe
NTB: Print driver name and version in module init
NTB: Increase transport MTU to 64k from 16k
NTB: Rename Intel code names to platform names
NTB: Default to CPU memcpy for performance
NTB: Improve performance with write combining
NTB: Use NUMA memory in Intel driver
NTB: Use NUMA memory and DMA chan in transport
NTB: Rate limit ntb_qp_link_work
NTB: Add tool test client
NTB: Add ping pong test client
NTB: Add parameters for Intel SNB B2B addresses
NTB: Reset transport QP link stats on down
NTB: Do not advance transport RX on link down
NTB: Differentiate transport link down messages
NTB: Check the device ID to set errata flags
NTB: Enable link for Intel root port mode in probe
NTB: Read peer info from local SPAD in transport
NTB: Split ntb_hw_intel and ntb_transport drivers
...
Change ntb_hw_intel to use the new NTB hardware abstraction layer.
Split ntb_transport into its own driver. Change it to use the new NTB
hardware abstraction layer.
Signed-off-by: Allen Hubbe <Allen.Hubbe@emc.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
I have just queued some more bugfix patches today but none fix regressions and
none are related to these ones, so it looks like a good time for a merge for
-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVk7JOAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpHgEIAKrgLd7gIQ8lO+LCYqne6WLQ
Ky8rOUnaxX4gD5N0akhfJFr/m/yIyAfk9+ALZZUo3kfuFiEsT2rn32iK/2Gj8pcu
HFoAWhS+7b/ZsfpHRPtv/zVD3q4c3nWsWpfWK09J+4t0UJuC8fmGMoBzkS0kjZtd
dQnHlJi5+1u4ch2x9sYYeVx7GOJ8a1W0q7cWJnWdOffWLEP9/zB8fgRVLFp/7AAd
uBlza93RU81wS7q5tSUph6ESPqt2yu357e//4jnWjVx5EUXDRBL3A/T1JpC1qYSn
WV2Gv14x+LVz2G8WgGmwfMq1H9Dvd/OzNToX5R8SIRx6Rh5L6gxFQjqt4dclGj8=
=nKap
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio/vhost cross endian support from Michael Tsirkin:
"I have just queued some more bugfix patches today but none fix
regressions and none are related to these ones, so it looks like a
good time for a merge for -rc1.
The motivation for this is support for legacy BE guests on the new LE
hosts. There are two redeeming properties that made me merge this:
- It's a trivial amount of code: since we wrap host/guest accesses
anyway, almost all of it is well hidden from drivers.
- Sane platforms would never set flags like VHOST_CROSS_ENDIAN_LEGACY,
and when it's clear, there's zero overhead (as some point it was
tested by compiling with and without the patches, got the same
stripped binary).
Maybe we could create a Kconfig symbol to enforce the second point:
prevent people from enabling it eg on x86. I will look into this"
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
virtio-pci: alloc only resources actually used.
macvtap/tun: cross-endian support for little-endian hosts
vhost: cross-endian support for legacy devices
virtio: add explicit big-endian support to memory accessors
vhost: introduce vhost_is_little_endian() helper
vringh: introduce vringh_is_little_endian() helper
macvtap: introduce macvtap_is_little_endian() helper
tun: add tun_is_little_endian() helper
virtio: introduce virtio_is_little_endian() helper
Part of commit 49aa284fe64c4c1 ("cxgb4: Add support for devlog")
change introduced a real bug where the Device Log Sequence Numbers are
no longer being converted from firmware Big-Endian to local CPU-Endian
format.
This patch moves all of the translation into the devlog_show() routine.
The only endianness code now in devlog_open() is the small loop to find the
earliest (lowest Sequence Number) Device Log entry in the circular buffer.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In enic_poll, we clean tx and rx queues, when low latency busy socket polling
is happening, enic_poll will only clean tx queue. After cleaning tx, it should
return total budget for re-poll.
There is a small window between vnic_intr_unmask() and enic_poll_unlock_napi().
In this window if an irq occurs and napi is scheduled on different cpu, it tries
to acquire enic_poll_lock_napi() and fails. Unlock napi_poll before unmasking
the interrupt.
v2:
Do not change tx wonk done behaviour. Consider only rx work done for completing
napi.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch only moves files to their new locations, before applying the
next two patches adding the NTB Abstraction layer. Splitting this patch
from the next is intended make distinct which code is changed only due
to moving the files, versus which are substantial code changes in adding
the NTB Abstraction layer.
Signed-off-by: Allen Hubbe <Allen.Hubbe@emc.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Pre qca99X0 chipsets follows the model where dynamically allocate
memory for frag desc on getting new skb for TX. But, this is not
going to be the case in qca99X0. It expects frag desc memory to be
allocated at boot time and let the driver to reuse allocated memory
after every TX completion. So there won't be any dynamic frag memory
memory allocation in qca99X0 during data transmission.
qca99X0 hardware doesn't need fragment desc address to be programmed
in msdu descriptor for every data transaction. It needs to know only
starting address of fragment descriptor at the time of the boot.
During data transmission, qca99X0 hardware can retrieve corresponding
frag addr by adding programmed frag desc base addr + msdu id.
Allocate continuous fragment descriptor memory (same size as number of
descriptor) at the time of target initialization and configure allocated
dma address to the target via HTT_H2T_MSG_TYPE_FRAG_DESC_BANK_CFG.
How this is allocated continuous memory is going to be used is not
covered in this patch. It just allocates memory and hand over to firmware.
If we don't do it at init time, qca99X0 will stall when firmware tries
to do TX.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 fw supports upto 4 spatial stream. Limit max spatial
stream to 4 for 10.4 firmware and to 3 for non 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 fw supports upto 16 interface in ap mode and 1 interface
in station mode, overall total interfaces supported are 16
interfaces. Populate this limit in wiphy->iface_combinations.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New htt event table is added for 10.4 firmware. Following new htt
events are available only 10.4. adding this to generic htt event
table,
HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_EN_STATS,
HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_TX_FETCH_IND,
HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_TX_FETCH_CONF,
HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_TX_LOW_LATENCY_IND
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Existing non 10.4 firmware scan related events and commands are
matching with 10.4 firmware (except chan info event). Link general
start scan,stop scan, scan channel list configuration functions
to 10.4 wmi function table and add a new handler to parse 10.4
specific chan info event.
10.4 firmware has extra scan completion reason
WMI_SCAN_REASON_INTERNAL_FAILURE and new scan event
WMI_SCAN_EVENT_FOREIGN_CHANNEL_EXIT compared to previous firmware
versions. These things are added in respective enum.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Most of existing vdev and peer related functions (vdev create,
vdev delete, vdev start, peer create, peer delete, peer flush, etc)
are reusable for 10.4 firmware. Link those general vdev and peer
functions to 10.4 wmi function table.
Existing general pktlog enable/disable, dbglog configuration functions
are reusable for 10.4 and add them also in wmi function table.
Also handle few wmi events (sevice rdy, echo, dbg msg, tbtt offset
update, dbg print) in ath10k_wmi_10_4_op_rx(). wow event is not
applicable in 10.4 firmware, have it under not implemented print.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware swba event payload has space to accommodate upto
512 client traffic indication info & one p2p noa descriptor.
It's is not matching with exiting swba event format defined for
non 10.4 firmware. Non 10.4 firmware swba event format is designed
to support only upto only 128 client and four p2p notice of absence
descriptor.
following changes are done in this patch to enable ath10k to handle
10.4 firmware swba event,
- link generic ath10k_wmi_event_host_swba() to handle 10.4 swba
event in 10.4 wmi rx handler.
- add 10.4 specific swba event structure wmi_10_4_host_swba_event.
- new function ath10k_wmi_10_4_op_pull_swba_ev() to parse
10.4 swba event.
- increase tim_bitmap[] size in ath10k_vif to 64 to hold 512 station
power save state.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Due to 512 client support in 10.4 firmware, size of tim ie is going
to be slightly higher than non 10.4 firmware. So, size of tim_bitmap
what is carried in swba event from 10.4 firmware is bit higher.
The only bottle neck to reuse existing swba handler
ath10k_wmi_event_host_swba() for 10.4 is that code designed to deal
with fixed size tim bitmap(ie, tim_info[].tim_bitmap in wmi_swba_ev_arg).
This patch removes such size limitation and makes it more suitable
to handle swba event which has different size tim bitmap.
All existing swba event parsing functions are changed to adapt this
change. Actual support to handle 10.4 swba event is added in next patch.
Only preparation is made in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Merge third patchbomb from Andrew Morton:
- the rest of MM
- scripts/gdb updates
- ipc/ updates
- lib/ updates
- MAINTAINERS updates
- various other misc things
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (67 commits)
genalloc: rename of_get_named_gen_pool() to of_gen_pool_get()
genalloc: rename dev_get_gen_pool() to gen_pool_get()
x86: opt into HAVE_COPY_THREAD_TLS, for both 32-bit and 64-bit
MAINTAINERS: add zpool
MAINTAINERS: BCACHE: Kent Overstreet has changed email address
MAINTAINERS: move Jens Osterkamp to CREDITS
MAINTAINERS: remove unused nbd.h pattern
MAINTAINERS: update brcm gpio filename pattern
MAINTAINERS: update brcm dts pattern
MAINTAINERS: update sound soc intel patterns
MAINTAINERS: remove website for paride
MAINTAINERS: update Emulex ocrdma email addresses
bcache: use kvfree() in various places
libcxgbi: use kvfree() in cxgbi_free_big_mem()
target: use kvfree() in session alloc and free
IB/ehca: use kvfree() in ipz_queue_{cd}tor()
drm/nouveau/gem: use kvfree() in u_free()
drm: use kvfree() in drm_free_large()
cxgb4: use kvfree() in t4_free_mem()
cxgb3: use kvfree() in cxgb_free_mem()
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) mlx4 driver bug fixes (TX queue wakeups, csum complete indications)
from Ido Shamay, Eran Ben Elisha, and Or Gerlitz.
2) Missing unlock in error path of PTP support in renesas driver, from
Dan Carpenter.
3) Add Vitesse 8641 phy IDs to vitesse PHY driver, from Shaohui Xie.
4) Bnx2x driver bug fixes (linearization of encap packets, scratchpad
parity error notifications, flow-control and speed settings) from
Yuval Mintz, Manish Chopra, Shahed Shaikh, and Ariel Elior.
5) ipv6 extension header parsing in the igb chip has a HW errata,
disable it. Frm Todd Fujinaka.
6) Fix PCI link state locking issue in e1000e driver, from Yanir
Lubetkin.
7) Cure panics during MTU change in i40e, from Mitch Williams.
8) Don't leak promisc refs in DSA slave driver, from Gilad Ben-Yossef.
9) Add missing HAS_DMA dep to VIA Rhine driver, from Geery
Uytterhoeven.
10) Make sure DMA map/unmap calls are symmetric in bnx2x driver, from
Michal Schmidt.
11) Workaround for MDIO access problems in bcm7xxx devices, from FLorian
Fainelli.
12) Fix races in SCTP protocol between OTTB responses and route
removals, from Alexander Sverdlin.
13) Fix jumbo frame checksum issue with some mvneta devices, from Simon
Guinot.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (58 commits)
sock_diag: don't broadcast kernel sockets
net: mvneta: disable IP checksum with jumbo frames for Armada 370
ARM: mvebu: update Ethernet compatible string for Armada XP
net: mvneta: introduce compatible string "marvell, armada-xp-neta"
api: fix compatibility of linux/in.h with netinet/in.h
net: icplus: fix typo in constant name
sis900: Trivial: Fix typos in enums
stmmac: Trivial: fix typo in constant name
sctp: Fix race between OOTB responce and route removal
net-Liquidio: Delete unnecessary checks before the function call "vfree"
vmxnet3: Bump up driver version number
amd-xgbe: Add the __GFP_NOWARN flag to Rx buffer allocation
net: phy: mdio-bcm-unimac: workaround initial read failures for integrated PHYs
net: bcmgenet: workaround initial read failures for integrated PHYs
net: phy: bcm7xxx: workaround MDIO management controller initial read
bnx2x: fix DMA API usage
net: via: VIA_RHINE and VIA_VELOCITY should depend on HAS_DMA
net/phy: tune get_phy_c45_ids to support more c45 phy
bnx2x: fix lockdep splat
net: fec: don't access RACC register when not available
...
- Add "make xenconfig" to assist in generating configs for Xen guests.
- Preparatory cleanups necessary for supporting 64 KiB pages in ARM
guests.
- Automatically use hvc0 as the default console in ARM guests.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVkpoqAAoJEFxbo/MsZsTRu3IH/2AMPx2i65hoSqfHtGf3sz/z
XNfcidVmOElFVXGaW83m0tBWMemT5LpOGRfiq5sIo8xt/8xD2vozEkl/3kkf3RrX
EmZDw3E8vmstBdBTjWdovVhNenRc0m0pB5daS7wUdo9cETq1ag1L3BHTB3fEBApO
74V6qAfnhnq+snqWhRD3XAk3LKI0nWuWaV+5HsmxDtnunGhuRLGVs7mwxZGg56sM
mILA0eApGPdwyVVpuDe0SwV52V8E/iuVOWTcomGEN2+cRWffG5+QpHxQA8bOtF6O
KfqldiNXOY/idM+5+oSm9hespmdWbyzsFqmTYz0LvQvxE8eEZtHHB3gIcHkE8QU=
=danz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-4.2-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip
Pull xen updates from David Vrabel:
"Xen features and cleanups for 4.2-rc0:
- add "make xenconfig" to assist in generating configs for Xen guests
- preparatory cleanups necessary for supporting 64 KiB pages in ARM
guests
- automatically use hvc0 as the default console in ARM guests"
* tag 'for-linus-4.2-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip:
block/xen-blkback: s/nr_pages/nr_segs/
block/xen-blkfront: Remove invalid comment
block/xen-blkfront: Remove unused macro MAXIMUM_OUTSTANDING_BLOCK_REQS
arm/xen: Drop duplicate define mfn_to_virt
xen/grant-table: Remove unused macro SPP
xen/xenbus: client: Fix call of virt_to_mfn in xenbus_grant_ring
xen: Include xen/page.h rather than asm/xen/page.h
kconfig: add xenconfig defconfig helper
kconfig: clarify kvmconfig is for kvm
xen/pcifront: Remove usage of struct timeval
xen/tmem: use BUILD_BUG_ON() in favor of BUG_ON()
hvc_xen: avoid uninitialized variable warning
xenbus: avoid uninitialized variable warning
xen/arm: allow console=hvc0 to be omitted for guests
arm,arm64/xen: move Xen initialization earlier
arm/xen: Correctly check if the event channel interrupt is present
Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization to
speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module lock
doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's breaking
up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load another module (yeah,
really). Unfortunately that broke the usual suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and
!CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were appended too.
Cheers,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJVkgKHAAoJENkgDmzRrbjxQpwQAJVmBN6jF3SnwbQXv9vRixjH
58V33sb1G1RW+kXxQ3/e8jLX/4VaN479CufruXQp+IJWXsN/CH0lbC3k8m7u50d7
b1Zeqd/Yrh79rkc11b0X1698uGCSMlzz+V54Z0QOTEEX+nSu2ZZvccFS4UaHkn3z
rqDo00lb7rxQz8U25qro2OZrG6D3ub2q20TkWUB8EO4AOHkPn8KWP2r429Axrr0K
wlDWDTTt8/IsvPbuPf3T15RAhq1avkMXWn9nDXDjyWbpLfTn8NFnWmtesgY7Jl4t
GjbXC5WYekX3w2ZDB9KaT/DAMQ1a7RbMXNSz4RX4VbzDl+yYeSLmIh2G9fZb1PbB
PsIxrOgy4BquOWsJPm+zeFPSC3q9Cfu219L4AmxSjiZxC3dlosg5rIB892Mjoyv4
qxmg6oiqtc4Jxv+Gl9lRFVOqyHZrTC5IJ+xgfv1EyP6kKMUKLlDZtxZAuQxpUyxR
HZLq220RYnYSvkWauikq4M8fqFM8bdt6hLJnv7bVqllseROk9stCvjSiE3A9szH5
OgtOfYV5GhOeb8pCZqJKlGDw+RoJ21jtNCgOr6DgkNKV9CX/kL/Puwv8gnA0B0eh
dxCeB7f/gcLl7Cg3Z3gVVcGlgak6JWrLf5ITAJhBZ8Lv+AtL2DKmwEWS/iIMRmek
tLdh/a9GiCitqS0bT7GE
=tWPQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull module updates from Rusty Russell:
"Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization
to speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module
lock doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's
breaking up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load
another module (yeah, really). Unfortunately that broke the usual
suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and !CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were
appended too"
* tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (26 commits)
modules: only use mod->param_lock if CONFIG_MODULES
param: fix module param locks when !CONFIG_SYSFS.
rcu: merge fix for Convert ACCESS_ONCE() to READ_ONCE() and WRITE_ONCE()
module: add per-module param_lock
module: make perm const
params: suppress unused variable error, warn once just in case code changes.
modules: clarify CONFIG_MODULE_COMPRESS help, suggest 'N'.
kernel/module.c: avoid ifdefs for sig_enforce declaration
kernel/workqueue.c: remove ifdefs over wq_power_efficient
kernel/params.c: export param_ops_bool_enable_only
kernel/params.c: generalize bool_enable_only
kernel/module.c: use generic module param operaters for sig_enforce
kernel/params: constify struct kernel_param_ops uses
sysfs: tightened sysfs permission checks
module: Rework module_addr_{min,max}
module: Use __module_address() for module_address_lookup()
module: Make the mod_tree stuff conditional on PERF_EVENTS || TRACING
module: Optimize __module_address() using a latched RB-tree
rbtree: Implement generic latch_tree
seqlock: Introduce raw_read_seqcount_latch()
...
Use kvfree() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Use kvfree() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The Ethernet controller found in the Armada 370, 380 and 385 SoCs don't
support TCP/IP checksumming with frame sizes larger than 1600 bytes.
This patch fixes the issue by disabling the features NETIF_F_IP_CSUM and
NETIF_F_TSO for the Armada 370 and compatibles SoCs when the MTU is set
to a value greater than 1600 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP network unit")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.8+
Acked-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta driver supports the Ethernet IP found in the Armada 370, XP,
380 and 385 SoCs. Since at least one more hardware feature is available
for the Armada XP SoCs then a way to identify them is needed.
This patch introduces a new compatible string "marvell,armada-xp-neta".
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP network unit")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.8+
Acked-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
privacy settings might change while AP is running.
Inside wil_cfg80211_change_beacon(), detect change
in privacy settings and handle it by stopping and
re-starting the AP.
Firmware cannot handle on-the-fly privacy settings
change and so AP restart is required.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the PRI detector, after the current radar pulse
has been checked agains existing PRI sequences, it
is considered as part of a new potential sequence.
Previously, the condition to accept a new sequence
was to have at least the same number of pulses as
the longest matching sequence. This was wrong,
since it led to duplicates of PRI sequences.
This patch changes the acceptance criteria for new
potential sequences from 'at least' to 'more than'
the longest existing.
Detection performance remains unaffected, while
the number of PRI sequences accounted at runtime
(and with it CPU load) is reduced by up to 50%.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reuse existing function ath10k_wmi_op_pull_rdy_ev()
to parse WMI_10_4_READY_EVENTID and handle the same
event in ath10k_wmi_10_4_op_rx().
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware supports upto 512 clients when qcache feature is enabled.
Make adjustment on default max peer count, active peers, number of tid in
such case to meet qcache requirement. 10.4 fw has extra unit info flag
NUM_UNITS_IS_NUM_ACTIVE_PEERS which is also handled in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware wmi mgmt rx event format differs from non 10.4
firmware and changing existing wmi mgmt rx event parsing function
ath10k_wmi_op_pull_mgmt_rx_ev() for 10.4 would add more complex.
This patch adds new function to receive any wmi rx event from
10.4 firmware and also introduce new function to parse wmi mgmt
rx event.
In addition, fw main branch service rdy event parsing function
is linked in wmi ops table.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Define 10.4 wmi init command structure and introduce new function
ath10k_wmi_10_4_op_gen_init() to fill default values for each field
which goes as part of wmi init cmd to 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Include 10.4 firmware wmi pdev cmd id and prepare wmi vdev map
table wmi_10_4_pdev_param_map and update non 10.4 firmware
pdev cmd map table with newly added vdev cmd id specifically for
10.4 firmware as unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Include 10.4 firmware wmi vdev cmd id and make up wmi vdev map
table wmi_10_4_vdev_param_map and also update non 10.4 firmware
vdev cmd map table with newly added vdev cmd id specifically for
10.4 firmware as unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In fact, explicit assigned to ZERO for unsupported wmi commands
are not really needed. Global static variable will have ZERO by
default. However, just for better readability setting all wmi cmds
in non 10.4 firmware wmi mapping table as unsupported for wmi cmd
which are exclusively available only in 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware wmi cmd and event id values are not exactly aligned
with previous firmware versions (main, 10.x, 10.2, etc). Add new
enum to define wmi cmd & event definitions for 10.4 firmware and
prepare wmi_10_4_cmd_map based on 10.4 firmware wmi cmd definitions.
wmi_cmd_map is extended to accommodate new wmi commands which are
exclusively available in 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Include new enum to define wmi service bitmap definitions for
10.4 firmware and a function wmi_10_4_svc_map() to remap 10.4
firmware wmi service bitmap definitions to ath10k generic wmi
services.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca99X0 chip uses firmware version 10.4. Define a new macro
ATH10K_FW_WMI_OP_VERSION_10_4 for 10.4 firmware and include
in switch cases where ATH10K_FW_WMI_OP_VERSION_* is used
to avoid compilation error.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
BMI parameter value to execute downloaded otp binary
is different for QCA99X0. Have a member in hw_params
to hold hw specific BMI param.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Code swap is a mechanism to use host memory to store
some fw binary code segment. Ath10k host driver allocates
and loads the code swap binary into the host memory and
configures the target with the host allocated memory
information at the address taken from code swap binary.
This patch adds code swap support for firmware binary.
Code swap binary for firmware bin is available in
ATH10K_FW_IE_FW_CODE_SWAP_IMAGE.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is more than 1 sec delay in getting response from target
through BMI in QCA99X0. Increase the BMI communication timeout
to 2*HZ to fix BMI failures.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA99X0 uses two new copy engine src desc flags for interrupt
indication. Bit_2 is to mark if host interrupt is disabled after
processing the current desc and bit_3 is to mark if target interrupt
is diabled after the processing of current descriptor.
CE_DESC_FLAGS_META_DATA_MASK and CE_DESC_FLAGS_META_DATA_LSB are based
on the target type.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA99X0 supports only cold reset. Also, made
ath10k_pci_irq_msi_fw_mask() and ath10k_pci_irq_msi_fw_unmask()
non-99X0 specific till we get proper register configuration
to mask/unmask irq/MSI.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make the helper converting target virtual address space to CE address
space a target type specific to support QCA99X0. Also make this as
function instead of macro.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA99X0 supports upto 12 Copy engines. Host and target
CE configuration table is updated to support new copy engine
pipes. This also fixes the assumption of diagnostic CE by making
CE_7 as the one instead of CE_COUNT - 1.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is to prepare the driver for QCA99X0 chip support.
This commit adds hw_params, hw register table and hw_values
table for QCA99X0 chip. Please note this is only a partial patch adding
support for QCA99X0, so the device id is not yet added to pci device
table.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add more register address and mask which can be different
for newer chip to hw_reg table.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is to prepare ath10k to support newer chip set.
Values like CE_COUNT, MSI_ASSIGN_CE_MAX and
RTC_STATE_V_ON can be different for different
chips.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes a typo in the IPG_FRAMETOOLONGERRORS constant.
Signed-off-by: Nik Nyby <nikolas@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vfree() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump up the driver version number to reflect the changes done to
work with vmxnet3 adapter version 2
Signed-off-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When allocating Rx related buffers, alloc_pages is called using an order
number that is decreased until successful. A system under stress can
experience failures during this allocation process resulting in a warning
being issued. This message can be of concern to end users even though the
failure is not fatal. Since the failure is not fatal and can occur
multiple times, the driver should include the __GFP_NOWARN flag to
suppress the warning message from being issued.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All BCM7xxx integrated Gigabit PHYs have an issue in their MDIO
management controller which will make the initial read or write to them
to fail and return 0xffff. This is a real issue as the typical first
thing we do is read from MII_PHYSID1 and MII_PHYSID2 from get_phy_id()
to register a driver for these PHYs.
Coupled with the workaround in drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c, this
workaround for the MDIO bus controller consists in scanning the list of
PHYs to do this initial read workaround for as part of the MDIO bus
reset routine which is invoked prior to mdiobus_scan().
Once we have a proper PHY driver/device registered, all workarounds are
located there (e.g: power management suspend/resume calls).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All BCM7xxx integrated Gigabit PHYs have an issue in their MDIO
management controller which will make the initial read or write to them
to fail and return 0xffff. This is a real issue as the typical first
thing we do is read from MII_PHYSID1 and MII_PHYSID2 from get_phy_id()
to register a driver for these PHYs.
Coupled with the workaround in drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c, this
workaround for the MDIO bus controller consists in scanning the list of
PHYs to do this initial read workaround for as part of the MDIO bus
reset routine which is invoked prior to mdiobus_scan().
Once we have a proper PHY driver/device registered, all workarounds are
located there (e.g: power management suspend/resume calls).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial MDIO read or write towards the BCM7xxx integrated PHY may
fail, workaround this by inserting a dummy MII_BMSR read to force the
MDIO management controller to see at least one valid transaction and get
out of stuck state out of reset.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG=y bnx2x triggers the error "DMA-API: device
driver frees DMA memory with wrong function".
On archs where PAGE_SIZE > SGE_PAGE_SIZE it also triggers "DMA-API:
device driver frees DMA memory with different size".
Fix this by making the mapping and unmapping symmetric:
- Do not map the whole pool page at once. Instead map the
SGE_PAGE_SIZE-sized pieces individually, so they can be unmapped in
the same manner.
- What's mapped using dma_map_page() must be unmapped using
dma_unmap_page().
Tested on ppc64.
Fixes: 4cace675d6 ("bnx2x: Alloc 4k fragment for each rx ring buffer element")
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-06-26
This series contains fixes for igb, e1000e and i40evf.
Todd disables IPv6 extension header processing due to a hardware errata
and bumps the driver version.
Yanir provides six fixes for e1000e. First is a fix for a locking issue
where we were not always taking the pci_bus_sem semaphore all the time
when calling pci_disable_link_state_locked(), so fix the code to only call
pci_disable_link_state_locked() when the semaphore has been acquired,
otherwise call pci_disable_link_state(). A previous fix for i219 where
the hardware prevented ULP entry caused EEE in Sx not the be enabled, so
modify the code flow that allows both ULP and EEE in Sx. Fix an issue
when running 10/100 full duplex on i219 where CRC errors were occurring
by increasing the IPG from 8 to 0xC as per the hardware developers.
Fix a data corruption issue found on some platforms by increasing the
minimum gap between the PHY FIFO read and write pointers. Fix i219,
which does not require the K1 workaround for LPT devices.
Mitch provides a i40evf fix for a panic when changing MTU. Down was
requesting queue disables, but then exited immediately without waiting
for the queues to actually be disabled. This could allow any function
called after i40evf_down() to run immediately, including i40evf_up(),
and causes a memory leak. Fixed the issue by removing the whole
reinit_locked function which allows for the driver to handle the state
changes by requesting reset from the periodic timer. The second fix
resolves an issue where RSS was being configured as though it is using
the maximum number of queue. This can cause the device to drop a lot
of receive traffic, as the packets get assigned to non-functional queues.
This is resolved by only configuring RSS with the number of active queues.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As some C45 10G PHYs(e.g. Cortina CS4315/CS4340 PHY) have
zero Devices In package, current driver can't get correct
devices_in_package value by non-zero Devices In package.
so let's probe more with zero Devices In package to support
more C45 PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all silicon implementations of the Freescale FEC hardware module
have the RACC (Receive Accelerator Function) register, so we should not
be trying to access it on those that don't. Currently none of the ColdFire
based parts with a FEC have it.
Support for RACC was introduced by commit 4c09eed9 ("net: fec: Enable imx6
enet checksum acceleration"). A fix was introduced in commit d1391930
("net: fec: Fix build for MCF5272") that disables its use on the ColdFire
M5272 part, but it doesn't fix the general case of other ColdFire parts.
To fix we create a quirk flag, FEC_QUIRK_HAS_RACC, and check it before
working with the RACC register.
Signed-off-by: Greg Ungerer <gerg@uclinux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When limiting phy link speed using "max-speed" to 100mbps or less on a
giga bit phy, phy never completes auto negotiation and phy state
machine is held in PHY_AN. Fixing this issue by comparing the giga
bit advertise though phydev->supported doesn't have it but phy has
BMSR_ESTATEN set. So that auto negotiation is restarted as old and
new advertise are different and link comes up fine.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_ACPI=n:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c: In function ‘xgene_enet_get_resources’:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c:951: warning: ‘ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function
If the driver is bound to a legacy platform device, ret will contain
arbitrary data. If it is non-zero, it will be returned to the caller as
an error code.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function netif_set_real_num_tx_queues() will return -EINVAL if
the second parameter < 1, so call this function with the second
parameter set to 0 is meaningless.
Signed-off-by: Liang Li <liang.z.li@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver will only configure as many queues as there are available
CPUs, up the maximum number of queues. However, it always configures
RSS as though it is using the maximum number of queues. This can cause
the device to drop a lot of RX traffic, as the packets get assigned to
nonfunctional queues.
Fix this by only configuring RSS with the number of active queues.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Down was requesting queue disables, but then exited immediately
without waiting for the queues to actually disable. This could
allow any function called after i40evf_down to run immediately,
including i40evf_up, and causes a memory leak.
Removing the whole reinit_locked function is the best way
to go about this, and allows for the driver to handle the
state changes by requesting reset from the periodic timer.
Also, add a couple WARN_ONs in slow path to help us recognize
if we re-introduce this issue or missed any cases.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In SPT hardware does not require this driver workaround.
Removed the conditional that caused K1 workaround execution on SPT.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to clocking changes in the Skylake platform, there was i219
data corruption. To work around this, HW team reported the need
to increase the minimum gap between the PHY FIFO read and write pointers.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In SPT/i219, there were CRC errors in speed 10/100 full duplex.
The solution given by the HW team is to increase the IPG from 8 to 0xC
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i219, there is a hardware bug that prevented ULP entry.
A side effect of the original software fix for this was that EEE in
Sx couldn't be enabled.
This patch implements a modified flow that allows both ULP and EEE in Sx.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On power up, the MAC - PHY interface needs to be set to PCIe, even if
cable is disconnected. In ME systems, the ME handles this on exit from
Sx state. In non-ME, the driver handles it. Added a check for non-ME
system to the driver code that handles that.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
e1000e_disable_aspm called pci_disable_link_state_locked which requires
pci_bus_sem to be held, but is also called from places where this semaphore
was not previously acquired. This patch implements two flavors of
disable_aspm, one that acquires the lock, and the other (_locked) which
should be called when the semaphore is already acquired.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump version of igb to igb-5.2.18
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Disable IPv6 extension header processing as per hardware errata.
Also fix copyright date.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes when setting an igtk key the station maybe NULL.
In the of case igtk the function will skip to the end, and
try to print sta->addr, if sta is Null - we will access a
Null pointer.
Avoid accessing a Null pointer when setting a igtk key &
the sta == NULL, and print a default MAC address instead.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When BT is active, we want to avoid the shared antenna for
management frame to make sure we don't disturb BT. There
was a bug in that code because it chose the antenna
BIT(ANT_A) where ANT_A is already a bitmap (0x1). This
means that the antenna chosen in the end was ANT_B.
While this is not optimal on devices with 2 antennas (it'd
disturb BT), it is critical on single antenna devices like
3160 which couldn't connect at all when BT was active.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=97181
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.17+]
Fixes: 34c8b24ff2 ("iwlwifi: mvm: BT Coex - avoid the shared antenna for management frames")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to ensure that we don't have races between them.
A user reported that stop_device was called twice upon
rfkill interrupt after suspend. When the interrupts are
enabled, and right after when we directly check the rfkill
state.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The new locking in PCIe transport requires to start_hw
before start_fw. This uncovered a bug in dvm which failed
to do so.
Fix that.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This firmware is not supported anymore - stop loading this firmware.
Remove code handling older versions.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There's no need to forward RX MPDUs to notification wait tests, nor
do we need to check them for firmware dump triggers, nor could they
be asynchronous. It's thus more efficient to handle them separately,
before going into the regular RX handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In scenarios where we haven't converged yet to a specific modulation
and rate it could be better to report to userspace the last tx rate
based on the STA capabilities and RSSI. This is important as sometimes
userspace displays the last tx rate as the link speed.
This avoids being presented with low legacy rates when rs just begins
its search or after an idle period in which it resets itself.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
printk logbuf keeps various metadata and optional key=value dictionary for
structured messages, both of which are stripped when messages are handed
to regular console drivers.
It can be useful to have this metadata and dictionary available to
netconsole consumers. This obviously makes logging via netconsole more
complete and the sequence number in particular is useful in environments
where messages may be lost or reordered in transit - e.g. when netconsole
is used to collect messages in a large cluster where packets may have to
travel congested hops to reach the aggregator. The lost and reordered
messages can easily be identified and handled accordingly using the
sequence numbers.
printk recently added extended console support which can be selected by
setting CON_EXTENDED flag. From console driver side, not much changes.
The only difference is that the text passed to the write callback is
formatted the same way as /dev/kmsg.
This patch implements extended console support for netconsole which can be
enabled by either prepending "+" to a netconsole boot param entry or
echoing 1 to "extended" file in configfs. When enabled, netconsole
transmits extended log messages with headers identical to /dev/kmsg
output.
There's one complication due to message fragments. netconsole limits the
maximum message size to 1k and messages longer than that are split into
multiple fragments. As all extended console messages should carry
matching headers and be uniquely identifiable, each extended message
fragment carries full copy of the metadata and an extra header field to
identify the specific fragment. The optional header is of the form
"ncfrag=OFF/LEN" where OFF is the byte offset into the message body and
LEN is the total length.
To avoid unnecessarily making printk format extended messages, Extended
netconsole is registered with printk when the first extended netconsole is
configured.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently, each dynamic netconsole_target uses its own separate mutex to
synchronize the configuration operations.
This patch replaces the per-netconsole_target mutexes with a single
mutex - dynamic_netconsole_mutex. The reduced granularity doesn't hurt
anything, the code is minutely simpler and this'd allow adding
operations which should be synchronized across all dynamic netconsoles.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
netconsole uses both bool and int for boolean values. Let's convert
nt->enabled to bool for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
write_msg() grabs target_list_lock and walks target_list invoking
netpool_send_udp() on each target. Curiously, it protects each iteration
with netconsole_target_get/put() even though it never releases
target_list_lock which protects all the members.
While this doesn't harm anything, it doesn't serve any purpose either.
The items on the list can't go away while target_list_lock is held.
Remove the unnecessary get/put pair.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Due to FW constraints, driver must make sure that transmitted SKBs will
not be too fragmented, or in the case that they are - that each 'window'
of fragments passed to the FW would contain at least an mss worth of data.
For encapsultaed packets the calculation is wrong, since it ignores the
inner headers in the calculation of the headers' length.
This could lead to a FW assertion in case of a too-fragmented encapsulated
packet.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During an error flow when trying to access the nvram the driver doesn't
release the hw lock it acquired.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since driver statistics flow access MACs and those might reset during
link re-configurations, when we're about to change link properties we
have to make sure that statistics are not operational.
Statisics would be re-enabled [i.e., gathering of statistics would
re-commence] once physical link is achieved again.
Since driver employs a link-flap avoidance scheme, there are scenarios
where driver will receive no indication that the new link is up, and
as a result the statistics would not be re-enabled.
Preventing LFA from working in such cases would guarantee that we'll
always receive such indications and thus will fix statistics gathering.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
20g-capable devices are not configured properly for self-test, using
10g as their speed which cause the link indication to remain down and
fail the internal loopback test.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a bug in today's driver where VF requests to add/remove MAC filters
always reach the Hypervisor as add requests.
This prevents the VF from changing its MAC address, as it cannot remove the
previously configured MAC and runs out of MAC credits.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <Shahed.Shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The scratchpad is a shared block between all functions of a given device.
Due to HW limitations, we can't properly close its parity notifications
to all functions on legal flows.
E.g., it's possible that while taking a register dump from one function
a parity error would be triggered on other functions.
Today driver doesn't consider this parity as a 'real' parity unless its
being accompanied by additional indications [which would happen in a real
parity scenario]; But it does print notifications for such events in the
system logs.
This eliminates such prints - in case of real parities driver would have
additional indications; But if this is the only signal user will not even
see a parity being logged in the system.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each time a flow finishes reads from the classification shadow
configuration in the driver, that flow would check for pending commands
and pass them to FW if possible.
In case there's already a completion pending command, I.e., a ramrod
that has been sent to the FW and is yet to be completed while said flow
tries to configure the pending command we would get a false error message
in logs [and panic if SOE was used for driver compilation] since the
command could not have been completed.
This prevents said print [and panic]; The pending command will be sent by
the time the completion of the current sent command would arrive.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool shows KR supported/advertised speeds incorrectly as baseT
in cases the board is in fact KR-base.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes several issues relating to asymmetric configuration:
1. When user requests to disable TX, the local-device needs to
advertise both PAUSE and ASM_DIR, but to avoid transmitting pause
frames. In the 578xx, it would ignore the TX disable.
2. When user advertises RX-only, ASM_DIR was advertised instead of
PAUSE/ASM_DIR.
3. When changing mode, the advertised PAUSE/ASM_DIR was not cleared
before setting new one, so disabling RX or TX had no impact on the
'advertised' as appeared in the 'ethtool -a' output.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use spinlock to access a single flag. We can avoid spin_locks by using
atomic variable and atomic_cmpxchg(). Use atomic_cmpxchg to set the flag
for idle to poll. And a simple atomic_set to unlock (set idle from poll).
In napi poll, if gro is enabled, we call napi_gro_receive() to deliver the
packets. Before we call napi_complete(), i.e while re-polling, if low
latency busy poll is called, we use netif_receive_skb() to deliver the packets.
At this point if there are some skb's held in GRO, busy poll could deliver the
packets out of order. So we call napi_gro_flush() to flush skbs before we
move the napi poll to idle.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vitesse VSC8641 is compatible with Vitesse 82xx
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CONFIG_GIANFAR is not depended on FSL_SOC, it
can be built on non-PPC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was a missing assignment so the "if (ret)" on the next line is
never true.
Fixes: f21fb3ed36 ('Add support of Cavium Liquidio ethernet adapters')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to unlock before returning here.
Fixes: a0d2f20650 ('Renesas Ethernet AVB PTP clock driver')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When in HA mode, the driver exposes an IB (RoCE) device instance with only
one port. Under SRIOV, the existing implementation doesn't go well with
the PF RoCE driver's role of Special QPs Para-Virtualization, etc.
As such, disable HA for the mlx4 PF RoCE device in SRIOV mode.
Fixes: a575009030 ('IB/mlx4: Add port aggregation support')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check_csum() function relied on hwtstamp_rx_filter to know if rxvlan
offload is disabled. This is wrong since rxvlan offload can be switched
on/off regardless of hwtstamp_rx_filter.
Also moved check_csum to query CQE information to identify VLAN packets
and removed the check of IP packets, since it has been validated before.
Fixes: f8c6455bb0 ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indication of a single completed packet, marked by txbbs_skipped
being bigger then zero, in not enough in order to wake up a
stopped TX queue. The completed packet may contain a single TXBB,
while next packet to be sent (after the wake up) may have multiple
TXBBs (LSO/TSO packets for example), causing overflow in queue followed
by WQE corruption and TX queue timeout.
Instead, wake the stopped queue only when there's enough room for the
worst case (maximum sized WQE) packet that we should need to handle after
the queue is opened again.
Also created an helper routine - mlx4_en_is_tx_ring_full, which checks
if the current TX ring is full or not. It provides better code readability
and removes code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX ring QP wasn't released at mlx4_en_destroy_tx_ring. Instead, the code
used the deprecated base_tx_qpn field. Move TX QP release to
mlx4_en_destroy_tx_ring and remove the base_tx_qpn field.
Fixes: ddae0349fd ('net/mlx4: Change QP allocation scheme')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add TX fast path in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Add TSO/GRO support to ibmveth, from Thomas Falcon
3) Move away from cached routes in ipv6, just like ipv4, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
4) Lots of new rhashtable tests, from Thomas Graf.
5) Run ingress qdisc lockless, from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Allow servers to fetch TCP packet headers for SYN packets of new
connections, for fingerprinting. From Eric Dumazet.
7) Add mode parameter to pktgen, for testing receive. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
8) Cache access optimizations via simplifications of build_skb(), from
Alexander Duyck.
9) Move page frag allocator under mm/, also from Alexander.
10) Add xmit_more support to hv_netvsc, from KY Srinivasan.
11) Add a counter guard in case we try to perform endless reclassify
loops in the packet scheduler.
12) Extern flow dissector to be programmable and use it in new "Flower"
classifier. From Jiri Pirko.
13) AF_PACKET fanout rollover fixes, performance improvements, and new
statistics. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels, from John W Linville.
15) Add ingress netfilter hooks and filtering, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
16) Fix handling of epoll edge triggers in TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Add an ECN retry fallback for the initial TCP handshake, from Daniel
Borkmann.
18) Add tail call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
19) Add several pktgen helper scripts, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
20) Add zerocopy support to AF_UNIX, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
21) Favor even port numbers for allocation to connect() requests, and
odd port numbers for bind(0), in an effort to help avoid
ip_local_port_range exhaustion. From Eric Dumazet.
22) Add Cavium ThunderX driver, from Sunil Goutham.
23) Allow bpf programs to access skb_iif and dev->ifindex SKB metadata,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
24) Add support for T6 chips in cxgb4vf driver, from Hariprasad Shenai.
25) Double TCP Small Queues default to 256K to accomodate situations
like the XEN driver and wireless aggregation. From Wei Liu.
26) Add more entropy inputs to flow dissector, from Tom Herbert.
27) Add CDG congestion control algorithm to TCP, from Kenneth Klette
Jonassen.
28) Convert ipset over to RCU locking, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
29) Track and act upon link status of ipv4 route nexthops, from Andy
Gospodarek.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1670 commits)
bridge: vlan: flush the dynamically learned entries on port vlan delete
bridge: multicast: add a comment to br_port_state_selection about blocking state
net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt
stmmac: troubleshoot unexpected bits in des0 & des1
net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down
net: track link-status of ipv4 nexthops
net: switchdev: ignore unsupported bridge flags
net: Cavium: Fix MAC address setting in shutdown state
drivers: net: xgene: fix for ACPI support without ACPI
ip: report the original address of ICMP messages
net/mlx5e: Prefetch skb data on RX
net/mlx5e: Pop cq outside mlx5e_get_cqe
net/mlx5e: Remove mlx5e_cq.sqrq back-pointer
net/mlx5e: Remove extra spaces
net/mlx5e: Avoid TX CQE generation if more xmit packets expected
net/mlx5e: Avoid redundant dev_kfree_skb() upon NOP completion
net/mlx5e: Remove re-assignment of wq type in mlx5e_enable_rq()
net/mlx5e: Use skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs rather than counting them
net/mlx5e: Static mapping of netdev priv resources to/from netdev TX queues
net/mlx4_en: Use HW counters for rx/tx bytes/packets in PF device
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c
net/packet/af_packet.c
Both conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation of descriptor init procedure only takes
care about setting/clearing ownership flag in "des0"/"des1"
fields while it is perfectly possible to get unexpected bits
set because of the following factors:
[1] On driver probe underlying memory allocated with
dma_alloc_coherent() might not be zeroed and so
it will be filled with garbage.
[2] During driver operation some bits could be set by SD/MMC
controller (for example error flags etc).
And unexpected and/or randomly set flags in "des0"/"des1"
fields may lead to unpredictable behavior of GMAC DMA block.
This change addresses both items above with:
[1] Use of dma_zalloc_coherent() instead of simple
dma_alloc_coherent() to make sure allocated memory is
zeroed. That shouldn't affect performance because
this allocation only happens once on driver probe.
[2] Do explicit zeroing of both "des0" and "des1" fields
of all buffer descriptors during initialization of
DMA transfer.
And while at it fixed identation of dma_free_coherent()
counterpart as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: arc-linux-dev@synopsys.com
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This bug pops up with NetworkManager on Fedora 21. NetworkManager tends to
stop the interface (nicvf_stop() is called) before changing settings. In
stopped state MAC cannot be sent to a PF. However, when the interface is
restarted (nicvf_open() is called), we ping the PF using NIC_MBOX_MSG_READY
message, and the PF replies back with old MAC address, overriding what we
had after MAC setting from userspace. As a result, we cannot set MAC
address using NetworkManager.
This patch introduces special tracking of MAC change in stopped state so
that the correct new MAC address is sent to a PF when interface is reopen.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Fedin <p.fedin@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prefetch the 1st cache line used by the buffer pointed by
the skb linear data.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate between mlx5e_get_cqe() and mlx5_cqwq_pop(), this helps for
better code readability and better CQ buffer management.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use container_of() instead.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Coding Style fix, remove extra spaces.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to save PCI BW consumed by TX CQEs and to reduce the amount of
CPU cache misses caused by TX CQE reading, we request TX CQE generation
only when skb->xmit_more=0.
As a consequence of the above, a single TX CQE may now indicate the
transmission completion of multiple TX SKBs.
This also handles a problem introduced in commit b1b8105ebf41 "net/mlx5e:
Support NETIF_F_SG" where we didn't ask for NOP completions while the
driver didn't have the proper code to handle this case.
Fixes: b1b8105ebf41 ('net/mlx5e: Support NETIF_F_SG')
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NOP completion SKBs are always NULL.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is already assigned at mlx5e_build_rq_param()
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of counting number of gso fragments, we can use
skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To save per-packet calculations, we use the following static mappings:
1) priv {channel, tc} to netdev txq (used @mlx5e_selec_queue())
2) netdev txq to priv sq (used @mlx5e_xmit())
Thanks to these static mappings, no more need for a separate implementation
of ndo_start_xmit when multiple TCs are configured.
We believe the performance improvement of such separation would be negligible, if any.
The previous way of dynamically calculating the above mappings required
allocating more TX queues than actually used (@alloc_etherdev_mqs()),
which is now no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under SRIOV, the port rx/tx bytes/packets statistics should by read
from the HW instead of using the PF netdevice SW accounting. This is
needed in order to get the full port statistics and not just the PF
own ones
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NUM_ALL_STATS was not updated with the new four entries, instead
NUM_FLOW_STATS was updated, fix it. that caused off-by-four for all
counters below pf_*_*.
Fixes: b42de4d012 ('net/mlx4_en: Show PF own statistics via ethtool')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- A large cleanup of how device capabilities are checked for various
features
- Additional cleanups in the MAD processing
- Update to the srp driver
- Creation and use of centralized log message helpers
- Add const to a number of args to calls and clean up call chain
- Add support for extended cq create verb
- Add support for timestamps on cq completion
- Add support for processing OPA MAD packets
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=yISf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
- a large cleanup of how device capabilities are checked for various
features
- additional cleanups in the MAD processing
- update to the srp driver
- creation and use of centralized log message helpers
- add const to a number of args to calls and clean up call chain
- add support for extended cq create verb
- add support for timestamps on cq completion
- add support for processing OPA MAD packets
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (92 commits)
IB/mad: Add final OPA MAD processing
IB/mad: Add partial Intel OPA MAD support
IB/mad: Add partial Intel OPA MAD support
IB/core: Add OPA MAD core capability flag
IB/mad: Add support for additional MAD info to/from drivers
IB/mad: Convert allocations from kmem_cache to kzalloc
IB/core: Add ability for drivers to report an alternate MAD size.
IB/mad: Support alternate Base Versions when creating MADs
IB/mad: Create a generic helper for DR forwarding checks
IB/mad: Create a generic helper for DR SMP Recv processing
IB/mad: Create a generic helper for DR SMP Send processing
IB/mad: Split IB SMI handling from MAD Recv handler
IB/mad cleanup: Generalize processing of MAD data
IB/mad cleanup: Clean up function params -- find_mad_agent
IB/mlx4: Add support for CQ time-stamping
IB/mlx4: Add mmap call to map the hardware clock
IB/core: Pass hardware specific data in query_device
IB/core: Add timestamp_mask and hca_core_clock to query_device
IB/core: Extend ib_uverbs_create_cq
IB/core: Add CQ creation time-stamping flag
...
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20150515 including basic
support for ACPI 6 features: new ACPI tables introduced by
ACPI 6 (STAO, XENV, WPBT, NFIT, IORT), changes related to the
other tables (DTRM, FADT, LPIT, MADT), new predefined names
(_BTH, _CR3, _DSD, _LPI, _MTL, _PRR, _RDI, _RST, _TFP, _TSN),
fixes and cleanups (Bob Moore, Lv Zheng).
- ACPI device power management core code update to follow ACPI 6
which reflects the ACPI device power management implementation
in Windows (Rafael J Wysocki).
- Rework of the backlight interface selection logic to reduce the
number of kernel command line options and improve the handling
of DMI quirks that may be involved in that and to make the
code generally more straightforward (Hans de Goede).
- Fixes for the ACPI Embedded Controller (EC) driver related to
the handling of EC transactions (Lv Zheng).
- Fix for a regression related to the ACPI resources management
and resulting from a recent change of ACPI initialization code
ordering (Rafael J Wysocki).
- Fix for a system initialization regression related to ACPI
introduced during the 3.14 cycle and caused by running the
code that switches the platform over to the ACPI mode too
early in the initialization sequence (Rafael J Wysocki).
- Support for the ACPI _CCA device configuration object related
to DMA cache coherence (Suravee Suthikulpanit).
- ACPI/APEI fixes and cleanups (Jiri Kosina, Borislav Petkov).
- ACPI battery driver cleanups (Luis Henriques, Mathias Krause).
- ACPI processor driver cleanups (Hanjun Guo).
- Cleanups and documentation update related to the ACPI device
properties interface based on _DSD (Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI device power management fixes (Rafael J Wysocki).
- Assorted cleanups related to ACPI (Dominik Brodowski. Fabian
Frederick, Lorenzo Pieralisi, Mathias Krause, Rafael J Wysocki).
- Fix for a long-standing issue causing General Protection Faults
to be generated occasionally on return to user space after resume
from ACPI-based suspend-to-RAM on 32-bit x86 (Ingo Molnar).
- Fix to make the suspend core code return -EBUSY consistently in
all cases when system suspend is aborted due to wakeup detection
(Ruchi Kandoi).
- Support for automated device wakeup IRQ handling allowing drivers
to make their PM support more starightforward (Tony Lindgren).
- New tracepoints for suspend-to-idle tracing and rework of the
prepare/complete callbacks tracing in the PM core (Todd E Brandt,
Rafael J Wysocki).
- Wakeup sources framework enhancements (Jin Qian).
- New macro for noirq system PM callbacks (Grygorii Strashko).
- Assorted cleanups related to system suspend (Rafael J Wysocki).
- cpuidle core cleanups to make the code more efficient (Rafael J
Wysocki).
- powernv/pseries cpuidle driver update (Shilpasri G Bhat).
- cpufreq core fixes related to CPU online/offline that should
reduce the overhead of these operations quite a bit, unless the
CPU in question is physically going away (Viresh Kumar, Saravana
Kannan).
- Serialization of cpufreq governor callbacks to avoid race
conditions in some cases (Viresh Kumar).
- intel_pstate driver fixes and cleanups (Doug Smythies, Prarit
Bhargava, Joe Konno).
- cpufreq driver (arm_big_little, cpufreq-dt, qoriq) updates (Sudeep
Holla, Felipe Balbi, Tang Yuantian).
- Assorted cleanups in cpufreq drivers and core (Shailendra Verma,
Fabian Frederick, Wang Long).
- New Device Tree bindings for representing Operating Performance
Points (Viresh Kumar).
- Updates for the common clock operations support code in the PM
core (Rajendra Nayak, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- PM domains core code update (Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Intel Knights Landing support for the RAPL (Running Average Power
Limit) power capping driver (Dasaratharaman Chandramouli).
- Fixes related to the floor frequency setting on Atom SoCs in the
RAPL power capping driver (Ajay Thomas).
- Runtime PM framework documentation update (Ben Dooks).
- cpupower tool fix (Herton R Krzesinski).
/
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=7jTj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm+acpi-4.2-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull power management and ACPI updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"The rework of backlight interface selection API from Hans de Goede
stands out from the number of commits and the number of affected
places perspective. The cpufreq core fixes from Viresh Kumar are
quite significant too as far as the number of commits goes and because
they should reduce CPU online/offline overhead quite a bit in the
majority of cases.
From the new featues point of view, the ACPICA update (to upstream
revision 20150515) adding support for new ACPI 6 material to ACPICA is
the one that matters the most as some new significant features will be
based on it going forward. Also included is an update of the ACPI
device power management core to follow ACPI 6 (which in turn reflects
the Windows' device PM implementation), a PM core extension to support
wakeup interrupts in a more generic way and support for the ACPI _CCA
device configuration object.
The rest is mostly fixes and cleanups all over and some documentation
updates, including new DT bindings for Operating Performance Points.
There is one fix for a regression introduced in the 4.1 cycle, but it
adds quite a number of lines of code, it wasn't really ready before
Thursday and you were on vacation, so I refrained from pushing it on
the last minute for 4.1.
Specifics:
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20150515 including basic support
for ACPI 6 features: new ACPI tables introduced by ACPI 6 (STAO,
XENV, WPBT, NFIT, IORT), changes related to the other tables (DTRM,
FADT, LPIT, MADT), new predefined names (_BTH, _CR3, _DSD, _LPI,
_MTL, _PRR, _RDI, _RST, _TFP, _TSN), fixes and cleanups (Bob Moore,
Lv Zheng).
- ACPI device power management core code update to follow ACPI 6
which reflects the ACPI device power management implementation in
Windows (Rafael J Wysocki).
- rework of the backlight interface selection logic to reduce the
number of kernel command line options and improve the handling of
DMI quirks that may be involved in that and to make the code
generally more straightforward (Hans de Goede).
- fixes for the ACPI Embedded Controller (EC) driver related to the
handling of EC transactions (Lv Zheng).
- fix for a regression related to the ACPI resources management and
resulting from a recent change of ACPI initialization code ordering
(Rafael J Wysocki).
- fix for a system initialization regression related to ACPI
introduced during the 3.14 cycle and caused by running the code
that switches the platform over to the ACPI mode too early in the
initialization sequence (Rafael J Wysocki).
- support for the ACPI _CCA device configuration object related to
DMA cache coherence (Suravee Suthikulpanit).
- ACPI/APEI fixes and cleanups (Jiri Kosina, Borislav Petkov).
- ACPI battery driver cleanups (Luis Henriques, Mathias Krause).
- ACPI processor driver cleanups (Hanjun Guo).
- cleanups and documentation update related to the ACPI device
properties interface based on _DSD (Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI device power management fixes (Rafael J Wysocki).
- assorted cleanups related to ACPI (Dominik Brodowski, Fabian
Frederick, Lorenzo Pieralisi, Mathias Krause, Rafael J Wysocki).
- fix for a long-standing issue causing General Protection Faults to
be generated occasionally on return to user space after resume from
ACPI-based suspend-to-RAM on 32-bit x86 (Ingo Molnar).
- fix to make the suspend core code return -EBUSY consistently in all
cases when system suspend is aborted due to wakeup detection (Ruchi
Kandoi).
- support for automated device wakeup IRQ handling allowing drivers
to make their PM support more starightforward (Tony Lindgren).
- new tracepoints for suspend-to-idle tracing and rework of the
prepare/complete callbacks tracing in the PM core (Todd E Brandt,
Rafael J Wysocki).
- wakeup sources framework enhancements (Jin Qian).
- new macro for noirq system PM callbacks (Grygorii Strashko).
- assorted cleanups related to system suspend (Rafael J Wysocki).
- cpuidle core cleanups to make the code more efficient (Rafael J
Wysocki).
- powernv/pseries cpuidle driver update (Shilpasri G Bhat).
- cpufreq core fixes related to CPU online/offline that should reduce
the overhead of these operations quite a bit, unless the CPU in
question is physically going away (Viresh Kumar, Saravana Kannan).
- serialization of cpufreq governor callbacks to avoid race
conditions in some cases (Viresh Kumar).
- intel_pstate driver fixes and cleanups (Doug Smythies, Prarit
Bhargava, Joe Konno).
- cpufreq driver (arm_big_little, cpufreq-dt, qoriq) updates (Sudeep
Holla, Felipe Balbi, Tang Yuantian).
- assorted cleanups in cpufreq drivers and core (Shailendra Verma,
Fabian Frederick, Wang Long).
- new Device Tree bindings for representing Operating Performance
Points (Viresh Kumar).
- updates for the common clock operations support code in the PM core
(Rajendra Nayak, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- PM domains core code update (Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Intel Knights Landing support for the RAPL (Running Average Power
Limit) power capping driver (Dasaratharaman Chandramouli).
- fixes related to the floor frequency setting on Atom SoCs in the
RAPL power capping driver (Ajay Thomas).
- runtime PM framework documentation update (Ben Dooks).
- cpupower tool fix (Herton R Krzesinski)"
* tag 'pm+acpi-4.2-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (194 commits)
cpuidle: powernv/pseries: Auto-promotion of snooze to deeper idle state
x86: Load __USER_DS into DS/ES after resume
PM / OPP: Add binding for 'opp-suspend'
PM / OPP: Allow multiple OPP tables to be passed via DT
PM / OPP: Add new bindings to address shortcomings of existing bindings
ACPI: Constify ACPI device IDs in documentation
ACPI / enumeration: Document the rules regarding the PRP0001 device ID
ACPI / video: Make acpi_video_unregister_backlight() private
acpi-video-detect: Remove old API
toshiba-acpi: Port to new backlight interface selection API
thinkpad-acpi: Port to new backlight interface selection API
sony-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
samsung-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
msi-wmi: Port to new backlight interface selection API
msi-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
intel-oaktrail: Port to new backlight interface selection API
ideapad-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
fujitsu-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
eeepc-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
dell-wmi: Port to new backlight interface selection API
...
kernel series:
- A big set of cleanups to the aged sysfs interface from
Johan Hovold. To get these in, v4.1-rc3 was merged into
the tree as the first patch in that series had to go
into stable. This makes the locking much more fine-grained
(get rid of the "big GPIO lock(s)" and store states in the
GPIO descriptors.
- Rename gpiod_[g|s]et_array() to gpiod_[g|s]et_array_value()
to avoid confusions.
- New drivers for:
- NXP LPC18xx (currently LPC1850)
- NetLogic XLP
- Broadcom STB SoC's
- Axis ETRAXFS
- Zynq Ultrascale+ (subdriver)
- ACPI:
- Make it possible to retrieve GpioInt resources from
a GPIO device using acpi_dev_gpio_irq_get()
- Merge some dependent I2C changes exploiting this.
- Support the ARM X-Gene GPIO standby driver.
- Make it possible for the generic GPIO driver to read
back the value set registers to reflect current
status.
- Loads of OMAP IRQ handling fixes.
- Incremental improvements to Kona, max732x, OMAP, MXC, RCAR,
PCA953x, STP-XWAY, PCF857x, Crystalcove, TB10x.
- Janitorial (contification, checkpatch cleanups)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=vKYs
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'gpio-v4.2-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-gpio
Pull gpio updates from Linus Walleij:
"This is the big bulk of GPIO changes queued for the v4.2 kernel
series:
- a big set of cleanups to the aged sysfs interface from Johan
Hovold. To get these in, v4.1-rc3 was merged into the tree as the
first patch in that series had to go into stable. This makes the
locking much more fine-grained (get rid of the "big GPIO lock(s)"
and store states in the GPIO descriptors.
- rename gpiod_[g|s]et_array() to gpiod_[g|s]et_array_value() to
avoid confusions.
- New drivers for:
* NXP LPC18xx (currently LPC1850)
* NetLogic XLP
* Broadcom STB SoC's
* Axis ETRAXFS
* Zynq Ultrascale+ (subdriver)
- ACPI:
* make it possible to retrieve GpioInt resources from a GPIO
device using acpi_dev_gpio_irq_get()
* merge some dependent I2C changes exploiting this.
* support the ARM X-Gene GPIO standby driver.
- make it possible for the generic GPIO driver to read back the value
set registers to reflect current status.
- loads of OMAP IRQ handling fixes.
- incremental improvements to Kona, max732x, OMAP, MXC, RCAR,
PCA953x, STP-XWAY, PCF857x, Crystalcove, TB10x.
- janitorial (constification, checkpatch cleanups)"
* tag 'gpio-v4.2-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-gpio: (71 commits)
gpio: Fix checkpatch.pl issues
gpio: pcf857x: handle only enabled irqs
gpio / ACPI: Return -EPROBE_DEFER if the gpiochip was not found
GPIO / ACPI: export acpi_gpiochip_request(free)_interrupts for module use
gpio: improve error reporting on own descriptors
gpio: promote own request failure to pr_err()
gpio: Added support to Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC
gpio: add ETRAXFS GPIO driver
fix documentation after renaming gpiod_set_array to gpiod_set_array_value
gpio: Add GPIO support for Broadcom STB SoCs
gpio: xgene: add ACPI support for APM X-Gene GPIO standby driver
gpio: tb10x: Drop unneeded free_irq() call
gpio: crystalcove: set IRQCHIP_SKIP_SET_WAKE for the irqchip
gpio: stp-xway: Use the of_property_read_u32 helper
gpio: pcf857x: Check for irq_set_irq_wake() failures
gpio-stp-xway: Fix enabling the highest bit of the PHY LEDs
gpio: Prevent an integer overflow in the pca953x driver
gpio: omap: rework omap_gpio_irq_startup to handle current pin state properly
gpio: omap: rework omap_gpio_request to touch only gpio specific registers
gpio: omap: rework omap_x_irq_shutdown to touch only irqs specific registers
...
This patches fixes the code to check for IS_ERR rather
than NULL for clock interface.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Tripathi <stripathi@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the ACPI support for SGMII0 and XFI1 interface of
2nd H/W version of APM X-Gene SoC ethernet controller.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Tripathi <stripathi@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the backward compatibility with the old firmware where
the Tx completion IRQ interrupt was absent whereas incase of new firmware
the Tx completion IRQ interrupt is present.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Tripathi <stripathi@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements couple of fixes to support ACPI for RGMII/SGMII0/XFI
interface of APM X-Gene SoC ethernet controller driver. This patch uses
the _SUN acpi object to fetch the port-id information whereas the FDT uses
port-id binding for port-id information.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Tripathi <stripathi@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple LAN device for debug or management purposes.
Device supports interrupts for RX and TX(completion).
Device does not have DMA ability.
Signed-off-by: Noam Camus <noamc@ezchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tal Zilcer <talz@ezchip.com>
Acked-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the correct unregister function matching the register
function on the error path.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com>
Fixes: c1beeef7a3 ("rocker: implement IPv4 fib offloading")
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Below case causes mii bus probe failed:
ifconfig eth0 down -> suspend/resume with Mega/fax mix off -> ifconfig eth0 up
In i.MX6SX/i.MX7D chip, Mega/fast mix off feature is supported that means most of
SOC power will be off including ENET MAC for power saving. Once ENET MAC power
off, all initialized MAC registers reset to default, so in the case, it must
init MAC prior to mii bus probe.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One more missing piece of the puzzle. Add vlan dump support to switchdev
port's bridge_getlink. iproute2 "bridge vlan show" cmd already knows how
to show the vlans installed on the bridge and the device , but (until now)
no one implemented the port vlan part of the netlink PF_BRIDGE:RTM_GETLINK
msg. Before this patch, "bridge vlan show":
$ bridge -c vlan show
port vlan ids
sw1p1 30-34 << bridge side vlans
57
sw1p1 << device side vlans (missing)
sw1p2 57
sw1p2
sw1p3
sw1p4
br0 None
(When the port is bridged, the output repeats the vlan list for the vlans
on the bridge side of the port and the vlans on the device side of the
port. The listing above show no vlans for the device side even though they
are installed).
After this patch:
$ bridge -c vlan show
port vlan ids
sw1p1 30-34 << bridge side vlan
57
sw1p1 30-34 << device side vlans
57
3840 PVID
sw1p2 57
sw1p2 57
3840 PVID
sw1p3 3842 PVID
sw1p4 3843 PVID
br0 None
I re-used ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink to add vlan fill call-back func.
switchdev support adds an obj dump for VLAN objects, using the same
call-back scheme as FDB dump. Support included for both compressed and
un-compressed vlan dumps.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use vid_begin/end to be consistent with BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN/END.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This howto made sense in the 1990s when users had to manually configure
ISA cards with jumpers or vendor utilities, but with the implementation
of PCI it became increasingly less and less relevant, to the point where
it has been well over a decade since I last updated it. And there is
no value in anyone else taking over updating it either.
However the references to it continue to spread as boiler plate text
from one Kconfig file into the next. We are not doing end users any
favours by pointing them at this old document, so lets kill it with
fire, once and for all, to hopefully stop any further spread.
No code is changed in this commit, just Kconfig help text.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add constants and callback functions for the dwmac on rk3368 socs.
As can be seen, the base structure is the same, only registers and
the bits in them moved slightly.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mac settings like RGMII/RMII, speeds etc are done in the so called
"General Register Files", contain numerous other settings as well and
always seem to change between Rockchip SoCs. Therefore abstract the
register accesses into a per-soc ops struct to make this reusable on
other Rockchip SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first iteration of the dwmac-rk support did access an intermediate
clock directly below the pll selector. This was removed in a subsequent
revision, but the clock and one invocation remained. This results in
the driver trying to set the rate of a non-existent clock when the soc
and not some external source provides the phy clock for RMII phys.
So set the rate of the correct clock and remove the remaining now
completely unused definition.
Fixes: 436f5ae08f9d ("GMAC: add driver for Rockchip RK3288 SoCs integrated GMAC")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a first version the driver did want to do some gpio wiggling, which
of course never made it into the kernel, but somehow these register
defines where forgotten. Remove them, as they shouldn't be here.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJVhu14AAoJEP5prqPJtc/HWdEH/1m/HVExvJd8HwoDtsA+6YfC
X4m3oHMYxNvwSM2C6uh8rOxUqm/GWmhIszT7scQBt5YaeIpvGv7QTpTNe1Y6Hy7G
L75SsnVAulj69cL8sCAht1C/LNdYXdo/d/+ddvgRV6INhNXoX0P72iTn0N5C8ly7
kKFc17dq7ZP13tA7GDj2kusvn8RdqtqvZG1pioOqCvl8WSCbc/wxOEM1FecaSEYP
+rB8t0iqvPc6F7Pw7cpXhL1fGa+r+0ml3K2ZNYtw6NPzlgmroArVgoWS0KMW6U9T
G8V6llAOcGKznRQ1FLYthKFivjC3PPMr9buAx5lwo5/stkf4zRUO2lzZiQG/rFo=
=2KH+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.1-20150621' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
Oliver Hartkopp fixed a bug in the generic CAN frame handling code, which may
lead to loss of CAN frames. It was introduced during v4.1 development.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gpg: Signature made Sun 21 Jun 2015 09:59:36 AM PDT using RSA key ID C9B5CFC7
Zero the statistics counters when setting up the global
registers. Otherwise the counters will remain from the last boot if
the power has not been removed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the contents of the scratch registers to be shown in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device map is used to route packets between cascaded switches.
Add dumping a switches device map via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the contents of the statistics counters to be shown in debugfs.
This is particularly useful for the cpu and dsa ports, which cannot be
seen using ethtools -S.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the code to retrieve a statistics counter into a function of its
own, so it can later be reused.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump the Address Translation Unit via a file in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the contents of the registers to be shown in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the driver understand adapter version 2.
Cc: Rachel Lunnon <rachel_lunnon@stormagic.com>
Signed-off-by: Guolin Yang <gyang@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If rcd length was zero, the page used for frag was not being released. It
was being replaced with a newly allocated page. This change takes care
of that memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Guolin Yang <gyang@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a handler for pci shutdown so that the driver has an
opportunity to make sure that device is quiesced before the PCI
switches to legacy IRQs. This way the possibility of
"screaming interrupt" is avoided.
Acked-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macvtap should be compatible with tuntap for
maximum number of queues.
commit 'baf71c5c1f80d82e92924050a60b5baaf97e3094 (tuntap:
Increase the number of queues in tun.)' removes
the limitations and increases number of queues in tuntap.
Now, Its safe to increase number of queues in Macvtap as well.
This patch also modifies 'macvtap_del_queues' function
to avoid extra memory allocation in stack.
Changes from v1->v2 :
Michael S. Tsirkin, Jason Wang :
Better way to use linked list to
avoid use of extra memory in stack.
Sergei Shtylyov : Specify dependent commit's summary.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Gupta <pagupta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit edafc132ba ("xen-netback: making the bandwidth limiter runtime settable")
introduced the capability to change the bandwidth rate limit at runtime.
But it also introduced a possible crashing bug.
If netback receives two XenbusStateConnected without getting the
hotplug-status watch firing in between, then it will try to register the
watches for the rate limiter again. But this triggers a BUG() in the watch
registration code.
The fix modifies connect() to remove the possibly existing packet-rate
watches before trying to install those watches. This behaviour is in line
with how connect() deals with the hotplug-status watch.
Signed-off-by: Imre Palik <imrep@amazon.de>
Cc: Matt Wilson <msw@amazon.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-06-18
Here's the final bluetooth-next pull request for 4.2.
- Cleanups & fixes to 802.15.4 code and related drivers
- Fix btusb driver memory leak
- New USB IDs for Atheros controllers
- Support for BCM4324B3 UART based Broadcom controller
- Fix for Bluetooth encryption key size handling
- Broadcom controller initialization fixes
- Support for Intel controller DDC parameters
- Support for multiple Bluetooth LE advertising instances
- Fix for HCI user channel cleanup path
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Actor and Partner details can be accessed via proc-fs, sys-fs
entries or netlink interface. These interfaces are world readable
at this moment. The earlier patch-series made the LACP communication
secure to avoid nuisance attack from within the same L2 domain but
it did not prevent "someone unprivileged" looking at that information
on host and perform the same act.
This patch essentially avoids spitting those entries if the user
in question does not have enough privileges.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 898b2970e2 ("mvneta: implement SGMII-based in-band link state
signaling")
changed mvneta_adjust_link() so that it does not clear the auto-negotiation
bits in MVNETA_GMAC_AUTONEG_CONFIG register. This was necessary for
auto-negotiation mode to work.
Unfortunately I haven't checked if these bits are ever initialized.
It appears they are not.
This patch adds the missing initialization of the auto-negotiation bits
in the MVNETA_GMAC_AUTONEG_CONFIG register.
It fixes the following regression:
https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg67928.html
Since the patch was tested to fix a regression, it should be applied to
stable tree.
Tested-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
CC: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stas Sergeev <stsp@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the compatible string for Atmel sama5d2 SoC family as the configuration
options differ from other instances of the GEM.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTL8211F has different register definitions from RTL8211E.
Specially it needs to enable TXDLY in case of RGMII.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mwifiex:
* enhancements for AP mode: support verbose information in station
dump command and also information about AP link.
* enable power save by default
brcmfmac:
* fix module reload issue for PCIe
* improving msgbuf protocol for PCIe devices
* rework .get_station() cfg80211 callback operation
* determine interface combinations upon device feature support
ath9k:
* ath9k_htc: add support of channel switch
wil6210:
* add modparam for bcast ring size
* support hidden SSID
* add per-MCS Rx stats
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVglpWAAoJEG4XJFUm622bkT0H+QE/T3i44l6SEAxHEgW6Z2JP
MsAVHFV8q2jPCGfg4oCozk3fo2WPdBKwhUy7xzAg/LfxuTn0CtIzl+KuEnhsBBsx
+cNBFgBzIvHaMwfb/vxmuLK7zUROtDgOK7Kt4HF9p/Mn/JH8yTCrRy96hpnVKnuQ
h6HFO8Qx0l0pd6lbosaSPvjM8qBPy3ZfvriEHV3BTV+AXgSPWwnFkY188G2CNK5J
yYK0C2PkEX368m/qpmcbhlYrn3ZiJviiWhFmQZMW8eXe0k/pfBidXt6QGmKA7loT
p09skJk+qQtZjK4p2Hzy/3KOLU7YGFVHzww5gXqrZSxhluyhEdbOVLvKfB5jR68=
=3lke
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-06-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
Major changes:
mwifiex:
* enhancements for AP mode: support verbose information in station
dump command and also information about AP link.
* enable power save by default
brcmfmac:
* fix module reload issue for PCIe
* improving msgbuf protocol for PCIe devices
* rework .get_station() cfg80211 callback operation
* determine interface combinations upon device feature support
ath9k:
* ath9k_htc: add support of channel switch
wil6210:
* add modparam for bcast ring size
* support hidden SSID
* add per-MCS Rx stats
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a "param_lock" mutex to each module, and update params.c to use
the correct built-in or module mutex while locking kernel params.
Remove the kparam_block_sysfs_r/w() macros, replace them with direct
calls to kernel_param_[un]lock(module).
The kernel param code currently uses a single mutex to protect
modification of any and all kernel params. While this generally works,
there is one specific problem with it; a module callback function
cannot safely load another module, i.e. with request_module() or even
with indirect calls such as crypto_has_alg(). If the module to be
loaded has any of its params configured (e.g. with a /etc/modprobe.d/*
config file), then the attempt will result in a deadlock between the
first module param callback waiting for modprobe, and modprobe trying to
lock the single kernel param mutex to set the new module's param.
This fixes that by using per-module mutexes, so that each individual module
is protected against concurrent changes in its own kernel params, but is
not blocked by changes to other module params. All built-in modules
continue to use the built-in mutex, since they will always be loaded at
runtime and references (e.g. request_module(), crypto_has_alg()) to them
will never cause load-time param changing.
This also simplifies the interface used by modules to block sysfs access
to their params; while there are currently functions to block and unblock
sysfs param access which are split up by read and write and expect a single
kernel param to be passed, their actual operation is identical and applies
to all params, not just the one passed to them; they simply lock and unlock
the global param mutex. They are replaced with direct calls to
kernel_param_[un]lock(THIS_MODULE), which locks THIS_MODULE's param_lock, or
if the module is built-in, it locks the built-in mutex.
Suggested-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Dan Streetman <ddstreet@ieee.org>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Pull x86 core updates from Ingo Molnar:
"There were so many changes in the x86/asm, x86/apic and x86/mm topics
in this cycle that the topical separation of -tip broke down somewhat -
so the result is a more traditional architecture pull request,
collected into the 'x86/core' topic.
The topics were still maintained separately as far as possible, so
bisectability and conceptual separation should still be pretty good -
but there were a handful of merge points to avoid excessive
dependencies (and conflicts) that would have been poorly tested in the
end.
The next cycle will hopefully be much more quiet (or at least will
have fewer dependencies).
The main changes in this cycle were:
* x86/apic changes, with related IRQ core changes: (Jiang Liu, Thomas
Gleixner)
- This is the second and most intrusive part of changes to the x86
interrupt handling - full conversion to hierarchical interrupt
domains:
[IOAPIC domain] -----
|
[MSI domain] --------[Remapping domain] ----- [ Vector domain ]
| (optional) |
[HPET MSI domain] ----- |
|
[DMAR domain] -----------------------------
|
[Legacy domain] -----------------------------
This now reflects the actual hardware and allowed us to distangle
the domain specific code from the underlying parent domain, which
can be optional in the case of interrupt remapping. It's a clear
separation of functionality and removes quite some duct tape
constructs which plugged the remap code between ioapic/msi/hpet
and the vector management.
- Intel IOMMU IRQ remapping enhancements, to allow direct interrupt
injection into guests (Feng Wu)
* x86/asm changes:
- Tons of cleanups and small speedups, micro-optimizations. This
is in preparation to move a good chunk of the low level entry
code from assembly to C code (Denys Vlasenko, Andy Lutomirski,
Brian Gerst)
- Moved all system entry related code to a new home under
arch/x86/entry/ (Ingo Molnar)
- Removal of the fragile and ugly CFI dwarf debuginfo annotations.
Conversion to C will reintroduce many of them - but meanwhile
they are only getting in the way, and the upstream kernel does
not rely on them (Ingo Molnar)
- NOP handling refinements. (Borislav Petkov)
* x86/mm changes:
- Big PAT and MTRR rework: making the code more robust and
preparing to phase out exposing direct MTRR interfaces to drivers -
in favor of using PAT driven interfaces (Toshi Kani, Luis R
Rodriguez, Borislav Petkov)
- New ioremap_wt()/set_memory_wt() interfaces to support
Write-Through cached memory mappings. This is especially
important for good performance on NVDIMM hardware (Toshi Kani)
* x86/ras changes:
- Add support for deferred errors on AMD (Aravind Gopalakrishnan)
This is an important RAS feature which adds hardware support for
poisoned data. That means roughly that the hardware marks data
which it has detected as corrupted but wasn't able to correct, as
poisoned data and raises an APIC interrupt to signal that in the
form of a deferred error. It is the OS's responsibility then to
take proper recovery action and thus prolonge system lifetime as
far as possible.
- Add support for Intel "Local MCE"s: upcoming CPUs will support
CPU-local MCE interrupts, as opposed to the traditional system-
wide broadcasted MCE interrupts (Ashok Raj)
- Misc cleanups (Borislav Petkov)
* x86/platform changes:
- Intel Atom SoC updates
... and lots of other cleanups, fixlets and other changes - see the
shortlog and the Git log for details"
* 'x86-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (222 commits)
x86/hpet: Use proper hpet device number for MSI allocation
x86/hpet: Check for irq==0 when allocating hpet MSI interrupts
x86/mm/pat, drivers/infiniband/ipath: Use arch_phys_wc_add() and require PAT disabled
x86/mm/pat, drivers/media/ivtv: Use arch_phys_wc_add() and require PAT disabled
x86/platform/intel/baytrail: Add comments about why we disabled HPET on Baytrail
genirq: Prevent crash in irq_move_irq()
genirq: Enhance irq_data_to_desc() to support hierarchy irqdomain
iommu, x86: Properly handle posted interrupts for IOMMU hotplug
iommu, x86: Provide irq_remapping_cap() interface
iommu, x86: Setup Posted-Interrupts capability for Intel iommu
iommu, x86: Add cap_pi_support() to detect VT-d PI capability
iommu, x86: Avoid migrating VT-d posted interrupts
iommu, x86: Save the mode (posted or remapped) of an IRTE
iommu, x86: Implement irq_set_vcpu_affinity for intel_ir_chip
iommu: dmar: Provide helper to copy shared irte fields
iommu: dmar: Extend struct irte for VT-d Posted-Interrupts
iommu: Add new member capability to struct irq_remap_ops
x86/asm/entry/64: Disentangle error_entry/exit gsbase/ebx/usermode code
x86/asm/entry/32: Shorten __audit_syscall_entry() args preparation
x86/asm/entry/32: Explain reloading of registers after __audit_syscall_entry()
...
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes are:
- lockless wakeup support for futexes and IPC message queues
(Davidlohr Bueso, Peter Zijlstra)
- Replace spinlocks with atomics in thread_group_cputimer(), to
improve scalability (Jason Low)
- NUMA balancing improvements (Rik van Riel)
- SCHED_DEADLINE improvements (Wanpeng Li)
- clean up and reorganize preemption helpers (Frederic Weisbecker)
- decouple page fault disabling machinery from the preemption
counter, to improve debuggability and robustness (David
Hildenbrand)
- SCHED_DEADLINE documentation updates (Luca Abeni)
- topology CPU masks cleanups (Bartosz Golaszewski)
- /proc/sched_debug improvements (Srikar Dronamraju)"
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (79 commits)
sched/deadline: Remove needless parameter in dl_runtime_exceeded()
sched: Remove superfluous resetting of the p->dl_throttled flag
sched/deadline: Drop duplicate init_sched_dl_class() declaration
sched/deadline: Reduce rq lock contention by eliminating locking of non-feasible target
sched/deadline: Make init_sched_dl_class() __init
sched/deadline: Optimize pull_dl_task()
sched/preempt: Add static_key() to preempt_notifiers
sched/preempt: Fix preempt notifiers documentation about hlist_del() within unsafe iteration
sched/stop_machine: Fix deadlock between multiple stop_two_cpus()
sched/debug: Add sum_sleep_runtime to /proc/<pid>/sched
sched/debug: Replace vruntime with wait_sum in /proc/sched_debug
sched/debug: Properly format runnable tasks in /proc/sched_debug
sched/numa: Only consider less busy nodes as numa balancing destinations
Revert 095bebf61a ("sched/numa: Do not move past the balance point if unbalanced")
sched/fair: Prevent throttling in early pick_next_task_fair()
preempt: Reorganize the notrace definitions a bit
preempt: Use preempt_schedule_context() as the official tracing preemption point
sched: Make preempt_schedule_context() function-tracing safe
x86: Remove cpu_sibling_mask() and cpu_core_mask()
x86: Replace cpu_**_mask() with topology_**_cpumask()
...
BIT value is already unsigned so casting is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
USE_OF is used as intermediate Kconfig option by few
arch's (ARM, MIPS, Xtensa).
Replace instances of USE_OF outside of arch folders
with proper OF_???.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Borneo <borneo.antonio@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Manfred Schlaegl here
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=143482089824232&w=2
commit 514ac99c64 "can: fix multiple delivery of a single CAN frame for
overlapping CAN filters" requires the skb->tstamp to be set to check for
identical CAN skbs.
As net timestamping is influenced by several players (netstamp_needed and
netdev_tstamp_prequeue) Manfred missed a proper timestamp which leads to
CAN frame loss.
As skb timestamping became now mandatory for CAN related skbs this patch
makes sure that received CAN skbs always have a proper timestamp set.
Maybe there's a better solution in the future but this patch fixes the
CAN frame loss so far.
Reported-by: Manfred Schlaegl <manfred.schlaegl@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Following patch contains changes in liquidio Kconfig for
selecting LIBCRC32C.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no reason to perform a buffer copy for the firmware name. This
also avoids a (currently impossible with current callers) NULL dereference
if there was no matching firmware.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Append 0x to all %x in order to avoid while reading when there is other
decimal value in the log.
Also replace some of the hexadecimal print to decimal to uniformize the
format with netfront.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variables old_req_cons and ring_slots_used are assigned but never
used since commit 1650d5455b "xen-netback:
always fully coalesce guest Rx packets".
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rx->status is an int16_t, print it using %d rather than %u in order to
have a meaningful value when the field is negative.
Also use %u rather than %x for rx->offset.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains a final Netfilter pull request for net-next
4.2. This mostly addresses some fallout from the previous pull request, small
netns updates and a couple of new features for nfnetlink_log and the socket
match that didn't get in time for the previous pull request. More specifically
they are:
1) Add security context information to nfnetlink_queue, from Roman Kubiak.
2) Add support to restore the sk_mark into skb->mark through xt_socket,
from Harout Hedeshian.
3) Force alignment of 16 bytes of per cpu xt_counters, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Rename br_netfilter.c to br_netfilter_hooks.c to prepare split of IPv6 code
into a separated file.
5) Move the IPv6 code in br_netfilter into a separated file.
6) Remove unused RCV_SKB_FAIL() in nfnetlink_queue and nfetlink_log, from Eric
Biederman.
7) Two liner to simplify netns logic in em_ipset_match().
8) Add missing includes to net/net_namespace.h to avoid compilation problems
that result from not including linux/netfilter.h in netns headers.
9) Use a forward declaration instead of including linux/proc_fs.h from
netns/netfilter.h
10) Add a new linux/netfilter_defs.h to replace the linux/netfilter.h inclusion
in netns headers.
11) Remove spurious netfilter.h file included in the net tree, also from Eric
Biederman.
12) Fix x_tables compilation warnings on 32 bits platforms that resulted from
recent changes in x_tables counters, from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing my netfilter changes I noticed several files where
recompiling unncessarily because they unncessarily included
netfilter.h.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Alex provides two fixes for the fm10k, first folds the fm10k_pull_tail()
call into fm10k_add_rx_frag(), this way the fragment does not have to be
modified after it is added to the skb. The second fixes missing braces
to an if statement.
The remaining patches are from Jacob which contain improvements and fixes
for fm10k. First fix makes it so that invalid address will simply be
skipped and allows synchronizing the full list to proceed with using
iproute2 tool. Fixed a possible kernel panic by using the correct
transmit timestamp function. Simplified the code flow for setting the
IN_PROGRESS bit of the shinfo for an skb that we will be timestamping.
Fix a bug in the timestamping transmit enqueue code responsible for a
NULL pointer dereference and invalid access of the skb list by freeing
the clone in the cases where we did not add it to the queue. Update the
PF code so that it resets the empty TQMAP/RQMAP regirsters post-VFLR to
prevent innocent VF drivers from triggering malicious driver events.
The SYSTIME_CFG.Adjust direction bit is actually supposed to indicate
that the adjustment is positive, so fix the code to align correctly with
the hardware and documentation. Cleanup local variable that is no longer
used after a previous refactor of the code. Fix the code flow so that we
actually clear the enabled flag as part of our removal of the LPORT.
v2:
- updated patch 07 description based on feedback from Sergei Shtylyov
- updated patch 09 & 10 to use %d in error message based on feedback
from Sergei Shtylyov
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These kind of informations are only useful for debugging and should not be
displayed in normal modules message.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While reviewing the code I noticed that one of the commits added an if
statement followed by a for loop, but the if statement was missing the
braces around the loop. This change corrects the coding style error.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a VF issues an LPORT_STATE request to enable a port that is already
enabled, the PF will first disable the VF LPORT. Then it should
re-enable the VF again with the new requested settings. This ensures
that any switch rules are cleared by deleting the LPORT on the switch.
However, the flow is bugged because we actually check if the VF is
enabled at the end, and thus don't re-enable it. Fix the flow so that we
actually clear the enabled flags as part of our removal of the LPORT.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The reference to err_no was left around after a previous code refactor.
We never use the value, and it doesn't seem to be used in side a hidden
macro reference. Discovered via cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The SYSTIME_CFG.Adjust Direction bit is actually supposed to indicate
that the adjustment is positive. Fix the code to align correctly with
hardware and documentation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the __attribute__((packed)) indicator to some structures
which are overlayed onto a TLV message. These structures must be packed
as small as possible in order to correctly align when copied into the
mailbox buffer. Without doing so, the receiving mailbox code incorrectly
parses the values and we get invalid message responses from the switch
manager software.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During initialization, the VF counts its rings by walking the TQDLOC
registers. This works only if the TQMAP/RQMAP registers are set to map
all of the out-of-bound rings back to the first one. This allows the VF
to cleanly detect when it has run out of queues. Update the PF code so
that it resets the empty TQMAP/RQMAP registers post-VFLR to prevent
innocent VF drivers from triggering malicious driver events.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, we don't notify the switch at all when the PF
administratively sets a new VLAN or MAC address. This causes the old
addresses to remain valid on the switch table. Since the PF is
overriding any configuration done directly by the VF, we choose to
simply re-create the LPORT for the VF. This does mean that all rules for
the VF will be dropped when we set something directly via the PF, but it
prevents some weird issues where the MAC/VLAN table retains some stale
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the use of dma_get_required_mask and uses the
simpler dma_set_mask_and_coherent function instead of doing these as
separate steps.
I removed the dma_get_required_mask call because based on some minimal
testing it appears that either (a) we're not doing the right thing with
the call or (b) we don't need it anyways. If the value returned is
<48bits, we'll end up trying with 48 bits anyways. If it's over 48bits,
fm10k can't support that anyways, and we should try 48bits. If 48bits
fails, we'll fallback to 32bits. This cleans up some very funky code.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also use %d for error values, since printing in hexadecimal is probably
not helpful.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
l2_accel was checked for NULL at the top of fm10k_dfwd_del_station, and
we return if it is not defined. Due to this, we already know it can't be
null here so a separate check is meaningless. Discovered via cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The value will never be negative, and we use the %u print format. Thus,
use unsigned int for the loop counter. Issue found using cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This prevents a memory leak in fm10k_set_ringparams. The leak occurs
because we go down, change ring parameters, and then come up. However,
fm10k_down on its own is not clearing the Rx rings. Since fm10k_up
assumes the rings are clean we basically drop the buffers and leak a
bunch of memory. Eventually we hit dirty page faults and reboot the
system. This issue does not occur elsewhere because other flows that
involve fm10k_down go through fm10k_close which immediately called
fm10k_free_all_rx_resources which properly cleans the rings.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch resolves a bug in the ts_tx_enqueue code responsible for a
NULL pointer dereference and invalid access of the skb list. We
incorrectly freed the actual skb we found instead of our copy. Thus the
skb queue is essentially invalidated. Resolve this by freeing our clone
in the cases where we did not add it to the queue. This also avoids the
skb memory leak caused by failure to free the clone.
[ 589.719320] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
[ 589.722344] IP: [<ffffffffa0310e60>] fm10k_ts_tx_subtask+0xb0/0x160 [fm10k]
[ 589.723796] PGD 0
[ 589.725228] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch simplifies the code flow for setting the IN_PROGRESS bit of
the shinfo for an skb we will be timestamping.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change fixes an issue with adding an invalid multicast address
using the iproute2 tool (ip maddr add <MADDR> dev <dev>). The iproute2
tool and the kernel do not validate or filter the multicast addresses
when adding them to the multicast list. Thus, when synchronizing this
list with an invalid entry, the action will be aborted with an error
since the fm10k driver currently validates the list. Consequently,
multicast entries beyond the invalid one will not be processed and
communicated with the switch via the mailbox. This change makes it so
that invalid addresses will simply be skipped and allows synchronizing
the full list to proceed.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change folds the fm10k_pull_tail call into fm10k_add_rx_frag. The
advantage to doing this is that the fragment doesn't have to be modified
after it is added to the skb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using xen/page.h will be necessary later for using common xen page
helpers.
As xen/page.h already include asm/xen/page.h, always use the later.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
This code cleanups the start and stop callbacks by removing hw->priv and
using the already dereferenced variable lp which is the same.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for a new random csma backoffs settings when
going into sleep state. This is recommended according at86rf2xx
datasheets.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
While in sleep state then we can't access the at86rf2xx registers. This
patch checks if the transceiver is in sleep state before sending spi
messages via regmap. Regmap is used on every driver ops callback except
for receive and xmit handling, but while receive and xmit handling the
phy should not be inside the sleep state.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
wait_event_timeout(), introduced in 'commit 5e3dd157d7 ("ath10k: mac80211
driver for Qualcomm Atheros 802.11ac CQA98xx devices")' never returns < 0
so the only failure condition to be checked is == 0 (timeout). Further the
return type is long not int - an appropriately named variable is added
and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
wait_event_timeout(), introduced in 'commit 5e3dd157d7 ("ath10k: mac80211
driver for Qualcomm Atheros 802.11ac CQA98xx devices")' never returns < 0
so the only failure condition to be checked is ==0 (timeout). Further the
return type is long not int - an appropriately named variable is added
and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible to force an out of bounds MMIO
read/write via debugfs. E.g. on QCA988X this could
be triggered with:
echo 0x2080e0 | tee /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/*/ath10k/reg_addr
cat /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/*/ath10k/reg_value
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffffc90001e080e0
IP: [<ffffffff8135c860>] ioread32+0x40/0x50
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa00d0c7f>] ? ath10k_pci_read32+0x4f/0x70 [ath10k_pci]
[<ffffffffa0080f50>] ath10k_reg_value_read+0x90/0xf0 [ath10k_core]
[<ffffffff8115c2c1>] ? handle_mm_fault+0xa91/0x1050
[<ffffffff81189758>] __vfs_read+0x28/0xe0
[<ffffffff812e4694>] ? security_file_permission+0x84/0xa0
[<ffffffff81189ce3>] ? rw_verify_area+0x53/0x100
[<ffffffff81189e1a>] vfs_read+0x8a/0x140
[<ffffffff8118acb9>] SyS_read+0x49/0xb0
[<ffffffff8104e39c>] ? trace_do_page_fault+0x3c/0xc0
[<ffffffff8196596e>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x71
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable VHT support for IBSS, while mac80211/cfg80211 and
wpa_supplicant already support this.
In my test env, qca988x 2x2 I get:
(udp) ath10k-1 >>>> ath10k-2 (server) - speed: 419 Mbits/sec
(tcp) ath10k-1 >>>> ath10k-2 (server) - speed: 404 Mbits/sec
During tests I used wpa_supplicant (latest git version), which
already support IBSS VHT, and choose highest available BW. Also tested with
qca6174.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HTT version itself isn't sufficient to know what
HTT version given firmware blob uses. Hence print
the recently introduced HTT op version code.
While at it make the info string a bit more
consistent and clear.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This should help when analysing problems from
users and spot fw api blob problems easier.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During verification of error handling in brcmf_cfg80211_attach() a
null pointer dereference occurred upon calling brcmf_p2p_detach()
from brcmf_detach(). This should only be called when the
brcmf_cfg80211_attach() has succeeded.
Fixes: f7a40873d2 ("brcmfmac: assure p2pdev is unregistered upon driver unload")
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When freeing the driver ifp pointer it should also be removed from
the driver interface list, which is what brcmf_remove_interface()
does. Otherwise, the ifp pointer will be freed twice triggering
a kernel oops.
Fixes: f37d69a4ba ("brcmfmac: free ifp for non-netdev interface in p2p module")
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds missing break statement at the end of
EVENT_BT_COEX_WLAN_PARA_CHANGE switch section.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Without this change, modprobe -r sfc hits the BUG_ON() in
efx_pci_remove_main().
Fixes: e7fef9b45a ("sfc: add sysfs entry to control MCDI tracing")
Reported-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the ndo to gather VF statistics through the PF.
All counters related to this VF are stored in a per slave
list, run over the slave's list and collect all statistics.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the user to observe the PF own statistics using ethtool with pf_
prefixed counter names.
Those counters are the PF statistics out of the overall port statistics.
Every PF QP is attached to a counter and the summary of those counters
is the PF statistics.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an infrastructure step for querying VF and PF counters.
This code was in the IB driver, move it to the mlx4 core driver
so it will be accessible for more use cases.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Default counter per port will be allocated at the mlx4 core driver load.
Every QP opened by the Ethernet driver will be attached to the port's default
counter. This is an infrastructure step to collect VF statistics from the PF.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Counter will get its port attribute within the resource tracker when
the first QP attached to it is modified to RTR. If a QP is counter-less,
an attempt to create a new counter with assigned port will be made.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each physical function has a guarantee of two counters per port, one
for a default counter and one for the IB driver.
Each virtual function has a guarantee of one counter per port.
All other counters are free and can be obtained on demand.
This is a preparation step for supporting a get_vf_stats ndo call,
so we can promise a counter for every VF in order to collect their
statistics from the PF context.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since virtual functions get their counters indices allocation from the PF,
allocate counters indices bitmap only in case the function isn't virtual.
Also, check that the device has counters to allocate before creating the
indices bitmap table.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reserve the last valid counter index for "sink" counter, when a
new counter cannot be allocated, the driver will use this counter.
In order to avoid allocating this counter on any other flow, fix the
indices bitmap allocation range, and reserve the sink counter index.
Add macro for the sink counter index and replace all appearences of the
index with the macro.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add resetting the counter data to the free counter flow, so the counter's
data won't be accessible anymore if querying the counter. Also, on next
counter allocation (to another VM for example), it will be fresh and clear.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If counters are not supported by the device. The indices bitmap table is not
allocated during initialization. Add the symmetrical check before cleaning
the counters bitmap table or freeing a counter.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to delete from offload the device externally learnded fdbs when any
one of these events happen:
1) Bridge ages out fdb. (When bridge is doing ageing vs. device doing
ageing. If device is doing ageing, it would send SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL
directly).
2) STP state change flushes fdbs on port.
3) User uses sysfs interface to flush fdbs from bridge or bridge port:
echo 1 >/sys/class/net/BR_DEV/bridge/flush
echo 1 >/sys/class/net/BR_PORT/brport/flush
4) Offload driver send event SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL to delete fdb entry.
For rocker, we can now get called to delete fdb entry in wait and nowait
contexts, so set NOWAIT flag when deleting fdb entry.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to firmware bug, under VPI configuration when port1 = IB and
port2 = Eth, Granular QoS per VF isn't working properly. More over,
the whole QP0/QP1 Para-Virtualization in the mlx4 IB driver is
broken on that config.
Hence, we must disable Granular QoS per VF under that configuration
till a fix is introduced. Once that happens, a new device capability
will be used to mark the feature support on that specific configuration.
Reported-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export the partner_oper_port_state of each port via sysfs and netlink.
In 802.3ad mode it is valuable for the user to be able to check the
partner_oper state, it is already exported via bond's proc entry.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export the actor_oper_port_state of each port via sysfs and netlink.
In 802.3ad mode it is valuable for the user to be able to check the
actor_oper state, it is already exported via bond's proc entry.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker_port_stop can be called from atomic and non-atomic contexts. Since
we can't test what context we're getting called in, do the processing as
'no wait', which will cover all cases.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can get STP updates from the bridge driver in atomic and non-atomic
contexts. Since we can't test what context we're getting called in,
do the STP processing as 'no wait', which will cover all cases.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Neigh update event handler runs in a context where we can't sleep, so mark
processing in driver with ROCKER_OP_FLAG_NOWAIT. NOWAIT will use
GFP_ATOMIC for allocations and will queue cmds to the device's cmd ring but
will not wait (sleep) for cmd response back from device.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the items removed from the rocker driver in the Spring Cleanup patch
series was the ability to mark processing in the driver as "no wait" for
those contexts where we cannot sleep. Turns out, we have "no wait"
contexts where we want to program the device. So re-add the
ROCKER_OP_FLAG_NOWAIT flag to mark such processes, and propagate flags to
mem allocator and to the device cmd executor. With NOWAIT, mem allocs are
GFP_ATOMIC and device cmds are queued to the device, but the driver will
not wait (sleep) for the response back from the device.
My bad for removing NOWAIT support in the first place; I thought we could
swing non-sleep contexts to process context using a work queue, for
example, but there is push-back to keep processing in original context.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker->neigh_tbl_next_index is used to generate unique indices for neigh
entries programmed into the device. The way new indices were generated was
racy with the new prepare-commit transaction model. A simple fix here
removes the race. The race was with two processes getting the same index,
one process using prepare-commit, the other not:
Proc A Proc B
PREPARE phase
get neigh_tbl_next_index
NONE phase
get neigh_tbl_next_index
neigh_tbl_next_index++
COMMIT phase
neigh_tbl_next_index++
Both A and B got the same index. The fix is to store and increment
neigh_tbl_next_index in the PREPARE (or NONE) phase and use value in COMMIT
phase:
Proc A Proc B
PREPARE phase
get neigh_tbl_next_index
neigh_tbl_next_index++
NONE phase
get neigh_tbl_next_index
neigh_tbl_next_index++
COMMIT phase
// use value stashed in PREPARE phase
Reported-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ports array is filled in as ports are probed, but if probing doesn't
finish, we need to stop only those ports that where probed successfully.
Check the ports array for NULL to skip un-probed ports when stopping.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, amd-xgbe driver has separate logic to determine device
coherency for DT vs. ACPI. This patch simplifies the code with
a call to device_dma_is_coherent().
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Suravee Suthikulpanit <Suravee.Suthikulpanit@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
On some hardware reading WCID entries table results getting 0xff
numbers, no matter of value written there before. This cause assigning
the same WCID for different stations and makes not possible to connect
to more than one station.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When unloading the driver with a p2pdev interface it resulted in
a warning upon calling wiphy_unregister() and subsequently a crash
in the driver. This patch assures the p2pdev is unregistered calling
unregister_wdev() before doing the wiphy_unregister().
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Moving two functions in p2p.c as is so next change will be
easier to review.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Making it more clear by freeing the ifp in same place where the
vif object is freed.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The bus interface functions txctl and rxctl may be used while the device
can not be accessed, eg. upon driver .remove() callback. This patch will
immediately return -EIO when this is the case which speeds up the module
unload.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The .get_station() cfg80211 callback is used in several scenarios. In
managed mode it can obtain information about the access-point and its
BSS parameters. In managed mode it can also obtain information about
TDLS peers. In AP mode it can obtain information about connected
clients.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Switch from using semi hard coded interface combinations. This makes
it easier to announce what the firmware actually supports. This fixes
the case where brcmfmac announces p2p but the firmware doesn't
support it.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontusf@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add a feature flag to reflect the firmware's p2p capability.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontusf@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We expect EEPROM per-rate power table to be filled with
s6 values and warn user if values are invalid. However,
there appear to be devices which don't have this section
of EEPROM initialized. In such case we should ignore
the values and leave the driver power tables set to zero.
Note that vendor driver doesn't care about this case but
mt76x2 skips 0xff per value. We take mt76x2's approach.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If timeshare coexistance between bluetooth and WLAN gets enabled,
firmware will give host an event to reduce Rx AMPDU BA window size.
The event is handled in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Chunfan Chen <jeffc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the support of channel switching functionality, similar
to ath9k support.
Tested with TP-Link TL-WN722N and TL-WN821N.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some time ago the function debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() was
introduced in debugfs. The caller simply needs to provide a
device pointer and read function. The function brcmf_debugfs_add_entry()
is now simply a wrapper only doing the work for CONFIG_BRCMDBG.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The watchdog reset as done in brcmf_pcie_buscoreprep() is not
sufficient. It needs to modify PCIe core registers as well
which is properly done by brcmf_pcie_reset_device() after the
chip recognition is done. So the faulty watchdog reset can be
removed as it was causing driver reload to fail and hang the
system requiring a power-cycle. Instead the call to to the
brcmf_pcie_reset_device() function is done twice in the unload.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The information provided by chipinfo is also provided by the
revinfo debugfs entry. Removing it from debugfs.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On device to host data using msgbuf the read pointer gets updated
once all data is processed. Updating this pointer more frequently
allows the firmware to add more data quicker. This will result in
slightly higher and more stable throughput on CPU bounded host
processors.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The variable "fw_version" is used in the _ResetDigitalProcedure1().
but It is not initialized. so I add init codes for "fw_version" and
"fw_subversion".
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl92cu_rx_query_desc set a isampdu twice.
but second code is related to isfirst_ampdu.
so i change it.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the rtlwifi/rtl8192cu, I change debug message "RTL8192CE" to
"RTL8192CU".
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
in the _rtl92c_phy_rf6052_config_parafile(), cases
RF90_PATH_A and RF90_PATH_B call the same routine.
so i remove one of these routine. also the return
routine is duplicated. so i remove it.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
While working on getting my rtl8821au driver in pretty shape for
inclusion, it is dicosvered that the tm_trigger flag is used only for
the first device using this driver.
This flag handles the thermal power management in the hardware.
To change this add a entry in sttruct rtl_dm, so each device can handle
is separately.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulli Kroll <ulli.kroll@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
in the rtlwifi/rtl8192cu, INTF_PCI and INTF_USB is unnecessary.
because RTL8192CU chipset is only USB interface.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
_InitBeaconParameters() and rtl92cu_init_beacon_parameters() is
same routine. I remove both functions. then i add
_rtl92cu_init_beacon_parameters() in the hw.c.
_rtl92cu_init_beacon_parameters() is same routine with
_InitBeaconParameters().
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
in the rtlwifi/rtl8192cu, IS_HARDWARE_TYPE_8192CE and IS_HARDWARE_TYPE_8192CU
is unnecessary. because rtlwifi/rtl8192cu codes aren't shared.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds a suspended testcase into the xmit_async functionality.
In the hope that we can found race conditions when xmit_async is called
after an ieee802154_ops stop. This should never happen.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for sleep state when between stop and start
period. In this period the transceiver isn't used by the subsystem, in
this time we disable the irq and going into the sleep state.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch use high level interrupt type as fallback handling when no
irq type is given.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
1) Fixed following sparse warnings:
lio_main.c:213:6: warning: symbol 'octeon_droq_bh' was not
declared. Should it be static?
lio_main.c:233:5: warning: symbol 'lio_wait_for_oq_pkts' was
not declared. Should it be static?
lio_main.c:3083:5: warning: symbol 'lio_nic_info' was not
declared. Should it be static?
lio_main.c:2618:16: warning: cast from restricted __be16
octeon_device.c:466:6: warning: symbol 'oct_set_config_info'
was not declared. Should it be static?
octeon_device.c:573:25: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:582:29: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:584:39: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:594:13: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:596:25: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:613:25: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:614:29: warning: cast to restricted __be64
octeon_device.c:615:29: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:619:37: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:623:33: warning: cast to restricted __be32
cn66xx_device.c:540:6: warning: symbol
'lio_cn6xxx_get_pcie_qlmport' was not declared. Should it be s
octeon_mem_ops.c:181:16: warning: cast to restricted __be64
octeon_mem_ops.c:190:16: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_mem_ops.c:196:17: warning: incorrect type in initializer
2) Fix build errors corresponding to vmalloc on linux-next 4.1.
3) Liquidio now supports 64 bit only, modified Kconfig accordingly.
4) Fix some code alignment issues based on kernel build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to read the HCA's cycle counter efficiently in
user space, we need to map the HCA's register.
This is done through mmap call.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When programming the start of a periodic output, the code wrongly places
the seconds value into the "low" register and the nanoseconds into the
"high" register. Even though this is backwards, it slipped through my
testing, because the re-arming code in the interrupt service routine is
correct, and the signal does appear starting with the second edge.
This patch fixes the issue by programming the registers correctly.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
...and remove some of them. It is not necessary to log when .probe() and
.remove() are called or when TxQ is started or stopped. Also log level
of some of them was changed to more appropriate one (link up/down,
firmware loading failure.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Timeout functions are defined with 'void *' ptr argument. They should
be defined directly with 'struct bfa_ioc *' type to avoid type conversions.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove macros for manipulation with struct list_head and replace them
with standard ones.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer cmpl used to iterate through completion entries is updated at
the beginning of while loop as well as at the end. The update at the end
of the loop is useless.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch converts kzalloc->copy_from_user sequence to memdup_user. There
is also one useless assignment of NULL to bnad->regdata as it is followed
by assignment of kzalloc output.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX_E_PRIO_CHANGE event is never sent for bna_tx so it doesn't need to be
handled. After this change bna_tx->flags cannot contain
BNA_TX_F_PRIO_CHANGED flag and it can be also eliminated.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bna_rx_config struct member paused can be removed as it is never
written and as it cannot have non-zero value the bna_rxf struct member
flags also cannot have BNA_RXF_F_PAUSED value and is always zero.
So the flags member can be removed as well as bna_rxf_flags enum and
the code-paths that needs to have non-zero bna_rxf->flags.
This clean-up makes bna_rxf_sm_paused state unsed and can be also removed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RXF_E_PAUSE & RXF_E_RESUME events are never sent for bna_rxf object so
they needn't to be handled. The bna_rxf's state bna_rxf_sm_fltr_clr_wait
and function bna_rxf_fltr_clear are unused after this so remove them also.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
removed:
bna_rx_ucast_add
bna_rx_ucast_del
simplified:
bna_enet_pause_config
bna_rx_mcast_delall
bna_rx_mcast_listset
bna_rx_mode_set
bna_rx_ucast_listset
bna_rx_ucast_set
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch converts mac_t type to widely used 'u8 [ETH_ALEN]'.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parameters of all ether_addr_copy instances were checked for proper
alignment. Alignment of bnad_bcast_addr is forced to 2 as the implicit
alignment is 1.
I have also renamed address parameter of bnad_set_mac_address() to addr.
The name mac_addr was a little bit confusing as the real parameter is
struct sockaddr *.
v2: added __aligned directive to bnad_bcast_addr, renamed parameter of
bnad_set_mac_address() (thx joe@perches.com)
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate and use transport domain by the Ethernet driver code.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each transport object, namely TIR and TIS, must have a transport domain
number (TDN) identifier.
The driver wrongly assumed that it is OK to use TDN=0 without explicit
TDN allocation from the device.
The TDN will also be used for isolating different processes once user
mode Ethernet will be supported.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When NETIF_F_SG is set, each send WQE may have a different size since
each skb can have different number of fragments as of LSO header etc.
This implies that a given WQE may wrap around the send queue, i.e begin
at its end and continue at its start. While it is legal by the device spec,
we preferred a solution that avoids it - when building of current WQE is
done, if the next WQE may wrap around the send queue, fill the send queue
with NOPs WQEs till its end, so that the next WQE will begin at send queue
start.
NOP WQE for itself cannot wrap around the send queue since it is of
minimal size - 64 bytes, and all send WQEs are a multiple of that size.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Ethernet driver requires at least 3 flow table levels to
operate, enforce that.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to resolve a HW configuration issue for enabling HW CVLAN
insertion. Meanwhile, no need to implement the VLAN insertion in
the driver, rather use the generic kernel VLAN insertion method.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable HW cacheline start padding and align RX WQE size to cacheline
while considering HW start padding. Also, fix dma_unmap call to use
the correct SKB data buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we configured HW MTU to be netdev->mtu, actually we
need to configure netdev->mtu + (ETH_HLEN + VLAN_HLEN + ETH_FCS_LEN).
Also, query MTU can not fail, hence make the relevant helper a
void functionm, add mlx5e_set_dev_port_mtu, helper function to
handle MTU setting.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We return success if mlx5e_alloc_sq_db() fails but we should return an
error code.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance cxgb4_t4_bar2_sge_qregs() and cxgb4_bar2_sge_qregs() to support T4
user mode mappings. Update all the current users as well.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When the DEBUG preprocessor macro is defined the ps3_gelic_net driver build
fails due to an undeclared routine gelic_descr_get_status(). This problem
was introduced during the code cleanup of commit
6b0c21cede (net: Fix p3_gelic_net sparse warnings),
which re-arranged the ordering of some of the gelic routines.
This change just moves the gelic_descr_get_status() routine up in the
ps3_gelic_net.c source file. There is no functional change.
Fixes build errors like these:
drivers/net/ethernet/toshiba/ps3_gelic_net.c: error: implicit declaration of function gelic_descr_get_status
Signed-off-by: Geoff Levand <geoff@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some Ethernet PHYs/switches such as Broadcom's BCM53125 have a hardware bug
which makes them not release the MDIO line during turn-around time. This gets
flagged by the UniMAC MDIO controller as a read failure, and we fail the read
transaction.
Check the MDIO bus phy_ignore_ta_mask bitmask for the PHY we are reading
from and if it is listed in this bitmask, ignore the read failure and
proceed with returning the data we read out of the controller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some Ethernet PHYs/switches such as Broadcom's BCM53125 have a hardware
bug which makes them not release the MDIO line during turn-around time.
This gets flagged by the GENET MDIO controller as a read failure, and we
fail the read transaction.
Check the MDIO bus phy_ignore_ta_mask bitmask for the PHY we are reading
from and if it is listed in this bitmask, ignore the read failure and
proceed with returning the data we read out of the controller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add PHY IDs for Davicom DM9161B and DM9161C variants.
Tested with a DM9161C on a custom Atmel-based SAM9X25 board in RMII
mode.
The DM9161B uses the same model id with just the LSB bit of the version
id changing (which is masked out).
For all intents and purposes they're the same as the DM9161A with an
added GPSI mode and better fabrication process.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Zacarias <gustavo@zacarias.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethernet AVB device includes the gPTP timer, so we can implement a PTP clock
driver. We're doing that in a separate file, with the main Ethernet driver
calling the PTP driver's [de]initialization and interrupt handler functions.
Unfortunately, the clock seems tightly coupled with the AVB-DMAC, so when that
one leaves the operation mode, we have to unregister the PTP clock... :-(
Based on the original patches by Masaru Nagai.
Signed-off-by: Masaru Nagai <masaru.nagai.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethernet AVB includes an Gigabit Ethernet controller (E-MAC) that is basically
compatible with SuperH Gigabit Ethernet E-MAC. Ethernet AVB has a dedicated
direct memory access controller (AVB-DMAC) that is a new design compared to the
SuperH E-DMAC. The AVB-DMAC is compliant with 3 standards formulated for IEEE
802.1BA: IEEE 802.1AS timing and synchronization protocol, IEEE 802.1Qav real-
time transfer, and the IEEE 802.1Qat stream reservation protocol.
The driver only supports device tree probing, so the binding document is
included in this patch.
Based on the original patches by Mitsuhiro Kimura.
Signed-off-by: Mitsuhiro Kimura <mitsuhiro.kimura.kc@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do not check the return value of enic_dev_stats_dump(). If allocation
fails, we will hit NULL pointer reference.
Return only if memory allocation fails. For other failures, we return the
previously recorded values.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Utilize the newly introduced BRCM_PSEUDO_PHY_ADDR constant from
brcmphy.h instead of open-coding the Broadcom Ethernet switches
pseudo-PHY address (30).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
What BGMAC defines as BGMAC_PHY_NOREGS is in fact the Broadcom Ethernet
switches' pseudo-PHY address (30), utilize the newly introduced constant
from brcmphy.h
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
What B44 has been locally using as B44_PHY_ADDR_NO_LOCAL_PHY is in fact
the Broadcom Ethernet switches pseudo-PHY address (30). Update the
header to use the newly introduced constant and update comments so they
are within 80 columns and consistent.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* mesh fixes from Alexis Green and Chun-Yeow Yeoh,
* a documentation fix from Jakub Kicinski,
* a missing channel release (from Michal Kazior),
* a fix for a signal strength reporting bug (from Sara Sharon),
* handle deauth while associating (myself),
* don't report mangled TX SKB back to userspace for status (myself),
* handle aggregation session timeouts properly in fast-xmit (myself)
However, there are also a few cleanups and one big change that
affects all drivers (and that required me to pull in your tree)
to change the mac80211 HW flags to use an unsigned long bitmap
so that we can extend them more easily - we're running out of
flags even with a cleanup to remove the two unused ones.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVeEQ1AAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrebcP/3v7I2ZXAeHag2W4hdD4YH6W
tuKfs3JKW3GDh84l2AJs2JBpFxR6Tk0Z7zGKrPLzkBTkkJkSLgKuUKR0+YQU6PYH
VfZ2NkdIHEqouLgMWxGGlp6suqp2yYD9tiIUroICXZ6aFm5trQuZgzv5ePI+lhmX
cWUYCawE2tcpVdg0NJsFExeCJhw81e/Bet1LCGHo0asWNpIK7phMdltzD7e4tgQS
4q475FCIkWxbxKgJRrRkz8J7grsjK1wf2W3acOxKMaoVBeqJVW5BWDrTgo0aDPts
qQ8n8t1s9o/jKQIvaz3RyjkQgX8T4vCMqkouLF4jJOThKIsUSi3Fvm9oKcMg4YhA
Ju5QWfbCBFhpLZeBzWzKyePTnDru1XDFFVdIATLONKTVg1modzFAs3j5gb4Z3Wtg
VYLoLWWpRtHKd9pzfZMhyWq64Xb8C+qlyQHr4r4QRm9ADz0Jq+OCh0rTFt+/bncM
CHxnf0VS9hEOFk0+TxFqi2yXOnv2uMgcN+jnGkEs4QuLfv9ML1Eb23ZjDoHxd1uq
1Yd4R8IDEY/KU6UJMwksz+gV/ekoB32eAhw56pxehgAMuZL4OgNvmeAQHx7Jq9it
0/OfAK2BSNH8odqYQbpg89C8keqSInMwUhFyRhyMJAWSKiPRHypsDBWxMKGJIssI
3mB4d/go+RP1AvZnazeF
=2wTw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-06-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For this round we mostly have fixes:
* mesh fixes from Alexis Green and Chun-Yeow Yeoh,
* a documentation fix from Jakub Kicinski,
* a missing channel release (from Michal Kazior),
* a fix for a signal strength reporting bug (from Sara Sharon),
* handle deauth while associating (myself),
* don't report mangled TX SKB back to userspace for status (myself),
* handle aggregation session timeouts properly in fast-xmit (myself)
However, there are also a few cleanups and one big change that
affects all drivers (and that required me to pull in your tree)
to change the mac80211 HW flags to use an unsigned long bitmap
so that we can extend them more easily - we're running out of
flags even with a cleanup to remove the two unused ones.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch V8 adds support for Cavium Liquidio pci express
based 10Gig ethernet adapters.
1) Consolidated all debug macros to either call dev_* or
netdev_* macros directly, feedback from previous patch.
2) Changed soft commands to avoid crash when running
in interrupt context.
3) Fixed link status not reflecting correct status when NetworkManager
is running. Added MODULE_FIRMWARE declarations.
Following were the previous patches.
Patch V7:
1) Minor comments from v6 release regarding debug statements.
2) Fix for large multicast lists.
3) Fixed lockup issue if port initialization fails.
4) Enabled MSI by default.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/464441/
Patch V6:
1) Addressed the uint64 vs u64 issue, feedback from previous patch.
2) Consolidated some receive processing routines.
3) Removed link status polling method.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/459514/
Patch V5:
Based on the feedback from earlier patches with regards to
consolidation of common functions like device init, register
programming for cn66xx and cn68xx devices.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/438979/
Patch V4:
Following were the changes based on the feedback from earlier patch:
1) Added mmiowb while synchronizing queue updates and other hw
interactions.
2) Statistics will now be incremented non-atomically per each ring.
liquidio_get_stats will add stats of each ring while reporting the
total statistics counts.
3) Modified liquidio_ioctl to return proper return codes.
4) Modified device naming to use standard Ethernet naming.
5) Global function names in the driver will have lio_/liquidio_/octeon_
prefix.
6) Ethtool related changes for:
Removed redundant stats and jiffies.
Use default ethtool handler of link status.
Speed setting will make use of ethtool_cmd_speed_set.
7) Added checks for pci_map_* return codes.
8) Check for signals while waiting in interruptible mode
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/435073/
Patch v3:
Implemented feedback from previous patch like:
Removed NAPI Config and DEBUG config options, added BQL and xmit_more
support.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/422749/
Patch V2:
Implemented feedback from previous patch.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/413539/
First Patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/412946/
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <Robert.Richter@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <Aleksey.Makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-06-09
This series contains updates to ixgbe only.
The series adds additional support for x550 support, such as WoL and
auto-negotiation of flow control. Adds new PHY support (external PHY)
for x550, as well as the new methods/functions needed to support the new
PHY's. Fixed a bug found in code inspection, where a check was missed
when clearing counters for x550. Also fixed the init code flow for copper
x550 devices.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EXTRA_CFLAGS should be used on the command line only.
Since EXTRA_CFLAGS here add only a non-existant path to compiler
include paths (by -I), remove EXTRA_CFLAGS completely.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly,
convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long
bitmaps.
This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to
test the bits, along with new debugfs code.
The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the
drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the
fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge back net-next to get wireless driver changes (from Kalle)
to be able to create the API change across all trees properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch corrects a bug in ixgbe_setup_ixfi_x550em where we were
reading and modifying IXGBE_KRM_LINK_CTRL_1 but forgot to write the
results back.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Even though X550 may later clear this value for certain devices
set it initially to support copper.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to call the set_lan_id before accessing I2C and this wasn't
being done so this patch corrects that. Likewise we do the same for
QSFP just to be consistent.
In the X550 case this is even more important as with out it the mux
is not controlled properly.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds ixgbe_check_link_t_X550em for checking copper PHY
link. We check that both the MAC and external PHY have link. This
is to avoid a false link up between the internal and external PHY
when the external PHY doesn't have link.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for another 10baseT X550 device.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A subset of the X550 function pointers didn't have default methods. This
didn't cause any issue with previous X550 devices as they were all
redefined. However future devices will need these default values.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reviewing the X550 copper init flow with the Si team resulted in a
new simplified flow. We no longer wait for the PHY FW initialization
complete bit to be set as this bit is only set once by the PHY at power
on and then cleared on the first read. So only the first instance of
running SW (or possibly MAC FW) needs to initialize the PHY.
The PHY initialization has been simplified and now only requires that
the PHY FW be un-stalled
low-power mode or enabled the transceiver
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This check was missed in when this new MAC type was added. Since
these counts can be incremented for X550 we need to clear them.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add checks for systems that don't have SFP's to avoid incorrectly
acting on interrupts that are falsely interpreted as SFP events.
We do this by updating the ixgbe_is_sfp to be aware of the
new X550 devices. This also includes a modified check generating
the EICR mask to be more forward-looking.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for receiving interrupts from a external copper
PHY for the X550 part. This includes enabling, detection as well as
re-enablement.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The over heat message is displayed for multiple reasons but the text is
cut-n-pasted for each of these cases. This patch pulls the text from the
same location. I noticed this as I am about to add another case.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a PHY reset function ixgbe_reset_phy_t_X550em. Which
allows devices that have LASI support in enable their interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds x550 external PHY interrupt and forced 1G/10G support.
This included enabling and handling LSC and thermal sensor interrupt.
ixgbe_handle_lasi() has been added for handling the interrupts received
over SDP0 from the external 10baseT PHY. ixgbe_enable_lasi_ext_t_x550em
and ixgbe_get_lasi_ext_t_x550em have been added to X550em to enable
mask and check interrupt flags for the external PHY.
Forced 1G/10G link speed is handled via ixgbe_mac_link_t_X550em.
ixgbe_seupt_mac_link_t_X550em sets up the internal PHY and external PHY
to either iXFI (10G) or KX (1G) based on the user selected auto
advertised link speed setting. Then sets up the external PHY auto
advertised link speed.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The I2C mux control relies on the SDP setting in the ESDP register
so it is necessary to restore the value after a MAC reset. Combine
all this functionality in to a support function.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This new method will control the PHY power state. You pass in the
state you wish to change to (ether on or off). For cases where this
method is not used the current PHY power state behavior is maintained.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a define for the new PHY identification as well as it's mapping
to the correct PHY type. Also allow ethtool to identify this type
as well.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These Device ID could support both WoL and autoneg flow control. In
the case of WoL this is indicated by the eeprom. This patch enables
these devices this support.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some of the register addresses and format where unfortunately changed
between MAC types. To get around this we add a const u32 *mvals pointer
to the ixgbe_hw struct to point to an array of mac-type-dependent
values. These can include register offsets, masks, whatever can be in
a u32. When the ixgbe_hw struct is initialized, a pointer to the
appropriate array must be set.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
neither ram nor register write return values have been checked here.
Checking both now. Assign ret with 0 as all other assignments are inside
if blocks and might not happen before we return ret.
CID: 1230469
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Need to reorder init sequence to run wil_platform_init
before pci_enable_device. Assumption is platform init
may be required before device may be enabled.
Another issue, platform uninit should be called after
pci_disable_device because platform uninit may render
pci device non-accessible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provide platform hooks for module init/exit.
If platform require to perform some specific actions
in global context, this is where to do so.
Example may be turning on power for the PCIE based
on DT information.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pass hidden SSID information to FW for proper operation.
In order to be able to scan/connect to the hidden SSID, SSID
setting is added when scan is requested from FW. SSID
scanning currently supports single SSID due to FW limitation.
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provide detailed statistics for the Rx frames per MCS
Statistics printed in "stations" debugfs entry
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware defines new memory region, mac_rgf_ext
that need to be accessed from the host for debug purposes.
Add corresponded mapping
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Control Bcast ring size in similar way as Rx and Tx ones,
through "bcast_ring_order" modparam, actual ring size is 1 << order
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When one client is associated and connected to an ar6003 hw version
2.0 with firmware 3.1.1.149, and another client tries to connect, the
first client's MAC address is lost in the station list because the
"aid" is always "1". The structure "wmi_connect_event" has the "aid"
as the second byte in the message, but it should be the first byte.
This patch has been tested with linux-3.10.40
Signed-off-by: Brent Taylor <motobud@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Found during code review. This was pretty much
impossible to happen but better safe than sorry.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the midst of chanctx patch review channel
switching became broken which I failed to notice
until now.
Function ath10k_mac_vif_chan() reports current
chandef which isn't updated until after
switch_vif_chanctx() is returned from.
Consequently the driver just restarted operation
on channels it was residing already instead of
switching to the new ones.
Fixes: 500ff9f938 ("ath10k: implement chanctx API")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In practice there's no point in having a copy of
chanctx_conf.
Most of the time the channel pointer (and band
along with it) is accessed and this can't change
after a chanctx is created because switching is
done using explicit chanctx swapping via
switch_vif_chanctx().
The only thing that can change within a
chanctx_conf and is used by the driver is
radar_enabled and channel width. These are however
always accessed in adequate mac80211 callback
context which guarantees safe access to the
chanctx data.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Channel contexts aren't iterable until after
they've been added to the driver. The code assumed
otherwise.
This problem could result in:
* rx_channel being NULL and forcing Rx path to go
the slow way to get channel on QCA988X,
* report incorrect channel when running
multi-channel on QCA61X4 hw2.1,
* report incorrect channel after AP channel
switch.
Fixes: 500ff9f938 ("ath10k: implement chanctx API")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mete_data is extracted from ce descriptor and stored in variable 'id'.
later, id is not used anywhere in the same function.
Fixes: d84a512dca ("ath10k: remove transfer_id from ath10k_hif_cb::tx_completion")
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When wmi mgmt event function fails to parse given skb,
it should be freed on failure condition to avoid memory
leaks. Found this during the code review.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If we run into an error during rx we set the the error code in ret, but override
it afterwards. Using a different variable for the extra case avoids this
situation.
CID: 1226982, 1226983
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch corrects addresses of acceptance filters. These registers are not in
use, but values should be correct. Tested with MCP2515 and am3352 and also
checked datasheets for MCP2515 and MCP2510.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Krcka <tomas.krcka@nkgroup.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fix the device tree entries to modify the '_' to '-'.
Also changes the names of the internal delay properties
from -int- to -internal- as the -int- appeared as a keyword.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the AFE_TX_CONFIG value to solve marginal rise/fall issues
observed when the link is operating in 100BaseT. This workaround applies
to GPHY revisions D0, E0 and newer.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RGMII block is currently only powered on when using RGMII or
RGMII_NO_ID, which is not correct when using the GENET interface in MII
or Reverse MII modes. We always need to power on the RGMII interface for
this block to properly work, regardless of the MII mode in which we
operate.
Fixes: aa09677cba ("net: bcmgenet: add MDIO routines")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pci_dma_burst_advice() was added by e24c2d963a ("[PATCH] PCI: DMA
bursting advice") but apparently never used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu> # microblaze
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems Broadcom released two devices with conflicting device id. There
are for sure 14e4:4321 PCI devices with BCM4321 (N-PHY) chipset, they
can be found in routers, e.g. Netgear WNR834Bv2. However, according to
Broadcom public sources 0x4321 is also used for 5 GHz BCM4306 (G-PHY).
It's unsure if they meant PCI device id, or "virtual" id (from SPROM).
To distinguish these devices lets check PHY type (G vs. N).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.16+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As we plan to add support for platform NVRAM we should store direct
data pointer without the extra struct firmware layer. This will allow
us to support other sources with the only requirement being u8 buffer.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Most drivers use FIF_OTHER_BSS to set promiscous mode. Let us
follow their lead even though it doesn't match exactly the HW
filter flags.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make sure .disconnect() doesn't cleanup the device if
.resume() failed. This may happen when device is removed
during suspend.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Users of older Ralink devices report that received frames
sometimes have zero length. Watch out for that.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This allows e.g. user space to use /sys/class/ieee80211/*/macaddress
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Recently Broadcom added support for NVRAMs with entries for multiple
PCIe devices. One of the supported formats is based on prefixes defined
like: devpath0=pcie/1/4/ and entries like 0:foo=bar 0:baz=qux etc.
Unfortunately there are also a bit older devices using different way of
defining prefixes, e.g. SmartRG SR400ac (2 x BCM43602) with entries:
devpath0=pci/1/1/
devpath1=pci/2/1
Broadcom stated this old format will never be used/supported by brcmfmac
but given the simplicity of this patch I'll insist on supporting it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It was observed that AP beacons would not reflect correct regulatory
information upon starting AP in A band. This was because of missing
AP config band update in set_channel of start_ap.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes semantic warning for debugging data dump feature.
Previous code is based on the assumption that skb is not null.
New change makes sure that we already have data buffer.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
After physical reconnect, the rtl8192cu chipset shows low
transmission rates.It cause is that variable "iqk_initialized"
do not de-initialized. So I add this code.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Negative adapter->tx_pending is observed while running data traffic,
because tx_pending is decreased once more for AMSDU packet.
since tx_pending have been decreased for all the source MSDU packets,
we don't need to update once more for AMSDU packet.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes issue with the accessing correct ra_list by
downgrading corresponding tid number.
Alternatively, ra lists are created in mwifiex_wmm_add_buf_txqueue
using downgraded tid number.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was missing and would cause issue in WMM handling.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This would enable driver to enter powersave as soon as connected.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We often see ADDBA request packets coming to driver because driver
has registered for action frame subtype. We dont process BA action
frames in host; drop such frames.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinmin Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Earlier only RSN, WPA and channel switch IEs from tail buffer would
be downloaded to FW.
This patch adds support for downloading more IEs from tail buffer.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to parse power constraint IEs from
Tail buffer. This power constraint is then set to FW during
bss_config download.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch extend cfg80211 dump_station handler, support for
dump stations associated to mwifiex micro AP.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add sta_list firmware command, which can be used
to get power status and rssi for the stations associated to
mwifiex micro AP.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch maintain statistic information for the stations associated
to the mwifiex micro AP, include tx/rx bytes/packets, signal strength,
tx bitrate.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add cfg80211 get_channel handler for mwifiex.
The handler will be used to report current channel to upper
layer utility.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to disable ongoing CAC in FW upon
detecting radar during CAC period.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes an issue where we were still setting 11h_active
flag to true for channel defs where DFS is not required.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
BSS reset would reset all state information in FW.
Issue 11d config command after reset to enabled 11d in FW.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This would enable clearing of FW bss data structures when AP
operations are stopped.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Correct bss_type assignment in add_virtual_interface.
This would ensure correct operation in multiple station scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds more detailed information about association failures
- reason and states.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
AR93xx and newer needs to stop rx before tx to avoid getting the DMA
engine or MAC into a stuck state.
This should reduce/fix the occurence of "Failed to stop Tx DMA" logspam.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Delete jump to a label on the next line, when that label is not
used elsewhere.
A simplified version of the semantic patch that makes this change is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
identifier l;
@@
-if (...) goto l;
-l:
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link failures have been observed when using the KSZ9031 with HP 1810-8G
and HP 1910-8G network switches. Center the FLP timing at 16ms to help
avoid intermittent link failures.
>From the KSZ9031RNX and KSZ9031MNX data sheets revision 2.2, section
"Auto-Negotiation Timing":
The KSZ9031[RNX or MNX] Fast Link Pulse (FLP) burst-to-burst
transmit timing for Auto-Negotiation defaults to 8ms. IEEE 802.3
Standard specifies this timing to be 16ms +/-8ms. Some PHY link
partners need to receive the FLP with 16ms centered timing;
otherwise, there can be intermittent link failures and long
link-up times.
The PHY data sheet recommends configuring the FLP burst registers after
power-up/reset and immediately thereafter restarting auto-negotiation, so
we center the FLP timing at 16ms and then restart auto-negotiation in the
config_init for KSZ9031.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some defines for a few pad skew related extended registers.
Specify for which MMD Address (dev_addr) they are for.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a few places in this driver, we weren't using const where we could
have. Use const more.
In addition, change the arrays of strings in ksz9031_config_init() to be
not only const, but also static.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
API compliance scanning with coccinelle flagged:
./drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:1036:1-33:
WARNING: timeout (10) seems HZ dependent
./drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:554:2-34:
WARNING: timeout (10) seems HZ dependent
./drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:599:2-34:
WARNING: timeout (10) seems HZ dependent
Numeric constants passed to schedule_timeout_*() make the effective
timeout HZ dependent which does not seem to be the intent here.
Fixed up by converting the constant to jiffies with msecs_to_jiffies(),
passing 100ms (assuming HZ==100 in the original code).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
API compliance scanning with coccinelle flagged:
./drivers/net/wan/cosa.c:520:2-18: WARNING:
timeout (30) seems HZ dependent
Numeric constants passed to schedule_timeout() make the effective
timeout HZ dependent which makes little sense in a device probe.
Fixed up by converting the constant to jiffies with msecs_to_jiffies()
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix static checker warnings in the flow of system guid query.
Fixes: 707c4602cd ('net/mlx5_core: Add new query HCA vport commands')
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver gets unregistered a call to netif_napi_del() was
missing, this all was also missing in the error paths of
b44_init_one().
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use time_is_before_eq_jiffies macro for time comparison
Signed-off-by: Antonio Murdaca <antonio.murdaca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several places in the driver (all in control paths) where
coherent dma memory is being allocated using either dma_alloc_coherent()
or the deprecated pci_alloc_consistent(). All these calls should be
changed to use dma_zalloc_coherent() to avoid uninitialized fields in
data structures backed by this memory.
Reported-by: Joerg Roedel <jroedel@suse.de>
Tested-by: Joerg Roedel <jroedel@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current driver adjust freq formula is:
fe * diff = ppb * pc
Note:
fe: ENET ref clock frequency in Hz
diff = inc_corr - inc: difference between default increment and correction increment
ppb: parts per billion adjustment from base
pc: correction period (in number of fe clock cycles)
The correction increment will be used after N cycles of regular increments,
not every N cycles (with N being the correction period). For example, set ENET_ATCOR=4,
INC=8, INC_CORR=9, there will be 4 increments of 8 (ENET_ATINC[INC]) , followed by 1
increment of 9 (ENET_ATINC[INC_CORR]).
So, the correct formula is:
fe * diff = ppb * (pc + 1)
For ENET_ATCOR, a value 0 disables the correction counter and no corrections occur.
So base on the origin formula, set pc = pc > 1 ? pc - 1 : pc.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:65:16: warning: cast removes
address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:70:9: warning: cast removes
address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:127:16: warning: cast
removes address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:137:9: warning: cast removes
address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:409:3: warning: symbol
'temac_options' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:590:6: warning: symbol
'temac_adjust_link' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump useful ring statistics along with interrupt status, software
maintained pointers and hardware registers to help troubleshoot TX queue
stalls.
When a timeout occurs, disable TX NAPI for the rings, dump their states
while interrupts are disabled, re-enable interrupts, NAPI and queue flow
control to help with the recovery.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool -S on a DSA interface can deadlock for some switches because
the same lock is taken twice. Use the register read function which
expects the lock to be already held.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 31888234b7 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Replace stats mutex with SMI mutex")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The debug is printing the struct smt_header * address using
the %x format specifier. Fix it to use %p instead.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the Tx timer function runs in softirq context the driver needs
to call disable_irq_nosync instead of a disable_irq.
Reported-by: Josh Stone <jistone@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix:
drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c: In function 'dscc4_open':
drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:1049:25: warning: variable 'ppriv' set but not used
[-Wunused-but-set-variable]
This has been in there unused since 1da177e4c3 (Linux-2.6.12-rc2) simply
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the hardware auto acknowdledge flag which indicates
that the transceiver supports this handling. This flag is never
evaluated inside mac802154 and all transceivers should support this
handling by default per hardware.
Suggested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the virtual interface structure from sub if data
struct, because it isn't used anywhere. This structure could be useful
for give per interface information at softmac driver layer. Nevertheless
there exist no use case currently and it contains the interface type
information currently. This information is also stored inside wpan dev
which is now used to check on the wpan dev interface type.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The patch e85c9a7abf: ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add code to calculate T5 BAR2
Offsets for SGE Queue Registers") from Dec 3, 2014, leads to the
following static checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/t4_hw.c:5358
t4_bar2_sge_qregs()
warn: should '(qid >> qpp_shift) << page_shift' be a 64 bit type?
This patch fixes it
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TP_PIO_{ADDR,DATA} registers are are in conflict with the firmware's
use of these registers. Added a routine to access it through FW LDST
cmd.
Access all TP_PIO_{ADDR,DATA} register access through new routine if FW
is alive. If firmware is dead, than fall back to indirect access.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Grab the Adapter MAC Address out of the VPD and use it for the "debug"
network interface when either we can't contact the firmware
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t4_link_start() was completely misnamed. It does _not_ start up the
link. It merely does the L1 Configuration for the link. The Link Up
process is started automatically by the firmware when the number of
enabled Virtual Interfaces on a port goes from 0 to 1. So renaming
this routine to t4_link_l1cfg() for better documentation.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add function to flush the sge ec context cache, and utilize
this new function in the driver
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free VI interfaces in remove routine. If we don't do this then the
firmware will never drop the physical link to the peer.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If SRIOV is enabled we need to be in VEB mode not VEPA mode at probe.
This fixes an NPAR bug when SRIOV is enabled in the BIOS.
Change-ID: Ibf006abafd9a0ca3698ec24848cd771cf345cbbc
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The patch fixes a bug in the default configuration which
prevented a software bridge loaded on the PF interface from
working correctly because broadcast packets are incorrectly
looped back.
Fix the general case, by loading the driver in VEPA mode Until a
VF or VMDq VSI is added. This way loopback on the Main VSI is
turned off until needed and can resolve the issue of unnecessary
reflection for users that do not have VF or VMDq VSIs setup.
The driver must now coordinate the loopback setting for the Flow
Director (FDIR) VSI to make sure it is in sync with the current
VEB or VEPA mode setting.
The user can still switch bridge modes from the bridge commands and
choose to be in VEPA mode with VF VSIs. Because of hardware
requirements, the call to switch to VEB mode when no VF/VMDqs are
present will be rejected.
NOTE: This patch uses BIT_ULL as that is preferred going forward,
a followup patch in the lower priority queue to net-next will fix
up the remaining 1 << usages.
Change-ID: Ib121ddb18fe4b3c4f52e9deda6fcbeb9105683d1
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethernet functionality is only available when working in ISSI > 0 mode.
Previously, the IB driver wasn't ready to work on that mode, and hence
building both the IB driver and the Ethernet functionality in the core
driver were disallowed by Kconfigs.
Now, once we have all the pre-steps in place, we can remove this limitation.
The last steps in the IB driver for getting that setup to work are:
create dummy SRQ for the driver's use (until now we could use XRC_SRQ
as SRQ and XRC_SRQ, after moving to ISSI > 0, we separate XRC SRQs from
basic SRQs) and adapt the create QP function to be compatible with ISSI > 0.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the following helpers:
1. mlx5_query_port_proto_oper -- queries the port speed port mask
2. mlx5_query_port_link_width_oper - queries the port link with bitmask
3. mlx5_query_port_vl_hw_cap - queries the Virtual Lanes supported on this port
These helpers will be used from the IB driver when working in ISSI > 0 mode.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, mlx5_query_port_ptys always queried port number one.
Added new argument in the function's prototype so we can also query
the second port. This will be needed when thr helper will be invoked
from the IB driver on non FPP (Function-Per-Port) devices.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the function prototypes for max and operational mtu to take the
local port number. In the Ethernet driver is this hard coded to one,
since ConnectX4 Ethernet devices are always function-per-port.
The IB driver also serves older devices (ConnectIB) which isn't such,
and hence the part can vary.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two wrapper functions to the query adapter command:
1. mlx5_query_board_id -- replaces the old mlx5_cmd_query_adapter.
2. mlx5_core_query_vendor_id -- retrieves the vendor_id from the
query_adapter command.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added the implementation for the following commands:
1. QUERY_HCA_VPORT_GID
2. QUERY_HCA_VPORT_PKEY
3. QUERY_HCA_VPORT_CONTEXT
They will be needed when we move to work with ISSI > 0 in the IB driver too.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the vport header file to be under include/linux/mlx5, such that
the mlx5 IB can use it as well.
Also add nic_ prefix to the vport NIC commands to differeniate between
HCA vport commands and NIC vport commands.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The determination of the supported ISSI versions should be conditioned
on the returned mask, and not only on the return status of the query
ISSI command, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When working in ISSI > 0 mode, the model exposed by the device for
XRCs and SRQs is different. XRCs use XRC SRQs and plain SRQs are based
on RPM (Receive Memory Pool).
Add helper functions to create, modify, query, and arm XRC SRQs and RMPs.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some core helper functions were named with mlx5_ only prefix, fix that to
mlx5_core_ so we're aligned with the overall scheme used for core services.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch afb736e933: "net/mlx5: Ethernet resource handling files"
from May 28, 2015, leads to the following static checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_flow_table.c:726 mlx5e_create_main_flow_table()
error: potential null dereference 'g'. (kcalloc returns null)
Fixes: afb736e933 ("net/mlx5: Ethernet resource handling files")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds full IPv6 addresses into flow_keys and uses them as
input to the flow hash function. The implementation supports either
IPv4 or IPv6 addresses in a union, and selector is used to determine
how may words to input to jhash2.
We also add flow_get_u32_dst and flow_get_u32_src functions which are
used to get a u32 representation of the source and destination
addresses. For IPv6, ipv6_addr_hash is called. These functions retain
getting the legacy values of src and dst in flow_keys.
With this patch, Ethertype and IP protocol are now included in the
flow hash input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath10k:
* qca6174 power consumption improvements, enable ASPM etc (Michal)
wil6210:
* support Wi-Fi Simple Configuration in STA mode
iwlwifi:
* a few fixes (re-enablement of interrupts for certain new
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
mwifiex:
* improve firmware debug functionality
rtlwifi:
* update regulatory database
brcmfmac:
* cleanup and new feature support in PCIe code
* alternative nvram loading for router support
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVb1cPAAoJEG4XJFUm622bP0oIAKhUBlC3rtrOJd+9kREAGUJQ
Dk2xZr/p6hdb4dSHHKKroBr5mfryHknSs+AI5akJMph36DoBMD+Mwb4HlcL9cI5J
RXIjIvQEADsK+6ME7cqnw2htWlYsX8aJI96/2Eusveo/zHyAG3+eBC3wkyqWBlBK
EGV5ziClSe5pE5yGWj5tyr9me+qRQiO+dFJK1AoRE3Zq4pjj+5VDZoVQN0GNZGP7
lgeNOzvPxWt+ZseslP8IeCedN5c+NpacD889NnQJyMXaouSp7LmMod000bjnKK8o
9sRHsKxI5qHgC4mUa3Tk3cEnFqVYAo8KKOVaBVtKsMc4XoO/Qov6Z0AtXig5Xnk=
=CM/T
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-06-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
new driver mt7601u for MediaTek Wi-Fi devices MT7601U
ath10k:
* qca6174 power consumption improvements, enable ASPM etc (Michal)
wil6210:
* support Wi-Fi Simple Configuration in STA mode
iwlwifi:
* a few fixes (re-enablement of interrupts for certain new
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
mwifiex:
* improve firmware debug functionality
rtlwifi:
* update regulatory database
brcmfmac:
* cleanup and new feature support in PCIe code
* alternative nvram loading for router support
====================
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
Trivial conflict in iwlwifi Kconfig, two commits adding
the same two chip numbers to the help text, but order
transposed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove ethtool get/set support for wake on lan, adapter doesn't support
it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in ethtool to dump loopback port statistics
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in ethtool to dump adapter channel stats
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ethtool support to get adapter specific hardware statistics
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, two of the branches are dead code, since an earlier smaller
substring would have been found ("TP" in the "TP_NW" case and either
of "BNC" and "AUI" in the "BNC_AUI" case). Rearrange the strstr()
calls so that the longer strings are searched for first.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-06-03
This series contains updates to e1000e only.
Yanir provides 8 fixes and 1 version bump for e1000e. First fix resolves
a possible unit hang if multiple descriptors are available in the rings
during reset or runtime suspend. Fixed a warning on SPARC compile based
on a suggested solution from Alex Duyck. Fixed a logical error, where
a "if" condition under which a flush should occur, was revered. Fixed
a hardware issue that prevented i219 from working in legacy interrupts
mode. Fixed the hardware clock configuration and suprious non-linear
increment. Lastly, fixed a system hang which occurred during execution
of "ethtool -t <NIC>", by disabling MULR for the loopback test to avoid
the hand state.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix typo in mlx4_set_vf_mac
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If mlx4_enable_sriov is called by adapter without this
feature MLX4_DEV_CAP_FLAG2_SYS_EQS then during this path the function alloc
icm is called twice without freeing the structures from the first time.
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If user loads mlx4_core with num_vfs greater than
supported then variable dev->dev_vfs is freed 2 times after unloading the
driver.
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code in drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c
function "uli526x_timer":
1086 } else
1087 if ((tmp_cr12 & 0x3) && db->link_failed) {
[...snip...]
1109 }
1110 else if(!(tmp_cr12 & 0x3) && db->link_failed)
1111 {
[...snip...]
1117 }
1118 db->init=0;
is misleadingly indented: the
db->init=0
is indented as if part of the else clause at line 1086, but it is
independent of it (no braces before the "if" at line 1087).
This patch fixes the indentation to reflect the actual meaning of the code,
though is it actually meant to be part of the "else" clause? (I'm a
compiler developer, not a kernel person). It also adds spaces around
the assignment, to placate checkpatch.pl.
Seen via an experimental new gcc warning I'm working on for gcc 6,
-Wmisleading-indentation, using gcc r223098 adding
-Werror=misleading-indentation to KBUILD_CFLAGS in Makefile.
The experimental GCC emits this warning (as an error), rightly IMHO:
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c: In function ‘uli526x_timer’:
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c:1118:3: error: statement is
indented as if it were guarded by... [-Werror=misleading-indentation]
db->init=0;
^
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c:1086:4: note: ...this ‘else’
clause, but it is not
} else
^
Hope this is helpful
Dave
Signed-off-by: David Malcolm <dmalcolm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the TI dp83867 Gigabit ethernet phy
device.
The DP83867 is a robust, low power, fully featured
Physical Layer transceiver with integrated PMD
sublayers to support 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX and
1000BASE-T Ethernet protocols.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use the time_after_eq macro for jiffies comparison operation
Signed-off-by: Antonio Murdaca <antonio.murdaca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL or SMP aren't set, we fail to build, fix it.
Also, avoid build warning as of unused function on that setup.
Fixes: c66fa19c40 ('net/mlx4: Add EQ pool')
Reported-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump the version to reflect the driver changes and bug fixes for i219.
Also update the copyright, while we are at it.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
System would hang during execution of "ethtool -t <NIC>" for the same
reason that required flushing the descriptor rings. This fix disables
MULR for the loopback test to avoid the hang state.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Two issues involving systim were reported.
1. Clock is not running in the correct frequency
2. In some situations, systim values were not incremented linearly
This patch fixes the hardware clock configuration and the spurious
non-linear increment.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fix handles a hardware issue that prevented i219 from
working in legacy interrupts mode (IntMode=0)
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The indication that a descriptor ring flush is required was read from
FEXTNVM7 by mistake. It should be read from the PCI config space.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The condition under which the flush should occur was reversed. The fix
should be applied before any HW reset (unless followed by bus reset)
and before any power state transition from D0.
If E1000_FEXTNVM7_NEED_DESCRING_FLUSH bit is set in FEXTNVM7 and TDLEN > 0
the Tx ring should be flushed. (fixes ~95% of the hang states).
If the E1000_FEXTNVM7_NEED_DESCRING_FLUSH did not clear, we should also
flush the RX ring. Bug was caught by Alexander Duyck during a code review
when examining this fix.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes a warning that was reported by Yanjiang Jin
<yanjiang.jin@windriver.com> by implementing the solution suggested by
Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After testing various cases, the conclusion is that the fix MUST be
executed BEFORE any event that the HW is reset or transition to D3.
To fix that I moved the execution to the relevant places but per
Alexander Duyck's review, ensure now that the DMA is valid and was not
freed before manipulating the ring.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Unit hang may occur if multiple descriptors are available in the rings
during reset or runtime suspend. This state can be detected by testing
bit 8 in the FEXTNVM7 register. If this bit is set and there are pending
descriptors in one of the rings, we must flush them prior to reset. Same
applies entering runtime suspend.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Nothing in <asm/io.h> uses anything from <linux/vmalloc.h>, so
remove it from there and fix up the resulting build problems
triggered on x86 {64|32}-bit {def|allmod|allno}configs.
The breakages were triggering in places where x86 builds relied
on vmalloc() facilities but did not include <linux/vmalloc.h>
explicitly and relied on the implicit inclusion via <asm/io.h>.
Also add:
- <linux/init.h> to <linux/io.h>
- <asm/pgtable_types> to <asm/io.h>
... which were two other implicit header file dependencies.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
[ Tidied up the changelog. ]
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Acked-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Anton Vorontsov <anton@enomsg.org>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Cc: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: James E.J. Bottomley <JBottomley@odin.com>
Cc: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz>
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Kristen Carlson Accardi <kristen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
Cc: Suma Ramars <sramars@cisco.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJVbrcWAAoJEC0Llv5uNjIB/I8P/iY3Cz+1pZY8yPnHPIxzGh0Q
wGcZoiDGjVcblFkMzx9mvtMkBc/3Nb+e0UBKkzBH5DIwOHEum1Bf2fO+HQgKT4r+
xMD5vJ8dtpG++38UK90ouAW3UbSmcq21gUaKNZJtt6CThAuXuqtQthqrB+MC0L0p
VMix1+eY4MfsP6YKjszeLTro2RMjadKjGcmW5g1y5CI8yYyZIvN/J9m5Mdq9oixx
1RE8A7HNE6si22GUSuUm5l1Nb4kvCOsHvnERtMigy/lgsRyfVaKiwkFF9aEJRqpr
GxZ0yZivMVzi6cdx9wGZz0iTRAA+nwIjK5dUiHKTVrG/j4M0NFqTXHkJCR5T4wv0
Lsd8AT4d3u2ipu/g+pZhsMzhl2WPdoTfQWvN/iT4VBTYiZzAHaK9eOxa0Qn92NAR
uQAEx9bvF3mxfGTiL/E01DTd2CglxcQ8Xx/PPxrFR9X2xCD46o5t7z9KoZdLgK1z
0DZJ/EMjwYZnB/pepe2OyeGR34QLY83N/pJiUMLHoDL7tyc7Gu02RtQ6JxzMoqf3
K6G2QSbD33CBvUL/InmDgeNcGzrxle6jme7ErwKpa4AmgnYaMfL0fY9LU5OclKkr
87nrapL4WffopCP8eQNdu0oLP74IHFyePdt8+bgwqMK5iUVTBXPYepdCDAey3IWI
mv5621I/XDlg4nKO0fnL
=9GDL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-06-03' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* a few fixes (re-enablement of interrupts for certain new
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
After the new ciphers CCMP-256 and GCMP-128/256 were implemented,
wpa_supplicant could start negotiating them and use the software
implementation. This, however, breaks D3 behaviour in the driver
since it means that WoWLAN will not be possible.
To avoid breaking that feature, advertise only ciphers that the
hardware supports.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add DC2DC_CONFIG_CMD (0x83) cmd.
Add IWL_UCODE_TLV_CAPA_DC2DC_CONFIG_SUPPORT tlv.
The command allows the driver get & set the DCDC's frequency tune.
(freq_tune is the divider that is used to calculate the actual DCDC's
clock rate)
The command always returns the current/updated frequency tune values of
the DCDC.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmwares that used these commands is not supported
anymore. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently, loading the firmware fails when it has higher API or CAPA
bits than the driver supports. That's an issue with integration.
At the same time, actually using api[0] and capa[0] will become
confusing when we also have api[1] and capa[1], and it's almost
certain that we'll mix up the bits and use the bits for api[1] with
api[0] by accident.
Avoid all this by translating the API/CAPA bits to the regular kernel
test_bit() format, and also providing wrapper functions. Also use the
__bitwise__ facility of sparse to check that we're testing the right
one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As pointed out by smatch, there's no need for a loop that always
immediately terminates. Use an if statement instead and while at
it clean up the mvmvif initialization.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since the firmware is responsible for duration calculation, the
driver can easily support fast-xmit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since the firmware is responsible for duration calculation, the
driver can easily support fast-xmit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As a preperation for multiple RX queues change the RBD
allocation model.
The new model includes a background allocator. The allocator is
called by the interrupt handler when there are two released
buffers by the queue, and the allocator starts allocating eight
pages per request.
When the queue has released 8 pages it tries claiming the
request. If the pages are not ready - it keeps claiming.
This new model should make sure that RBDs are always available
across the multiple queues.
The RBDs are transferred between the allocator and the queue.
The queue moves the free RBDs upon freeing them to the allocator.
The allocator moves them back to the queue's possession when the
request is claimed.
The allocator has an initial pool to make sure there are always RBDs
available for the request completion.
Release of the buffers at exit is done per pools - the allocator
frees its own initial pool and the queue frees its own pool.
Existing code refactor -
-Queue's initial pool is the size of the queue only as the allocation
of the new buffers no longer uses this pool.
-Removal of replenish background work, and replenish calls in the
interrupt handler and restock().
-The replenish() and the rxq used_list are used only during
initialization.
-Moved page allocation to a new function for code reuse.
New code -
Allocator code - new structure and functions.
Interrupt handler uses the allocator functions for replenishing buffers.
Reuse of the restock() method.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
On resume, all the interrupts are masked (CSR_INT_MASK is 0),
and ict is disabled.
Re-configure them both.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Don't use EBS for P2P find to make sure we find all GOs in
our only attempt.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently EBS status in scan complete notifications is set to
success if EBS wasn't activated. FW will add a special return
value for cases when EBS wasn't activated and we add a print
of this status.
This change is needed for debug only, no behavior changes.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Allow a cleaner way to access those hw-dependent registers,
instead of using the product family type etc.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This adds the MIPI mode type to the types declared supported
by the driver. Without this patch, when using MIPI mode and
looking at the logs the user would see the debug destination
"UNKNOWN".
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A minor refactoring for following patches.
This enables the reuse of the checks functions.
type=cleanup
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The variable translate is bool type. So assigning true instead of 1.
Signed-off-by: Shailendra Verma <shailendra.capricorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently device dump generated in the driver is retrieved
using ethtool set/get dump commands. We will get rid of
ethtool approach and use devcoredump framework.
Device dump can be trigger by
cat /debugfs/mwifiex/mlanX/device_dump
and when the dump operation is completed, data can be read by
cat /sys/class/devcoredump/devcdX/data
We have prepared following script to split device dump data
into multiple files.
[root]# cat mwifiex_split_dump_data.sh
#!/bin/bash
# usage: ./mwifiex_split_dump_data.sh dump_data
fw_dump_data=$1
mem_type="driverinfo ITCM DTCM SQRAM APU CIU ICU MAC"
for name in ${mem_type[@]}
do
sed -n "/Start dump $name/,/End dump/p" $fw_dump_data > tmp.$name.log
if [ ! -s tmp.$name.log ]
then
rm -rf tmp.$name.log
else
#Remove the describle info "Start dump" and "End dump"
sed '1d' tmp.$name.log | sed '$d' > /data/$name.log
if [ -s /data/$name.log ]
then
echo "generate /data/$name.log"
else
sed '1d' tmp.$name.log | sed '$d' > /var/$name.log
echo "generate /var/$name.log"
fi
rm -rf tmp.$name.log
fi
done
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently we are dumping driver information also inside
firmware dump API. We will call it as device dump and
dump driver and firmware data separately.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Small letters are used in debug messages to match coding style
at other places.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently we are dumping driver information only for SDIO
interface. This patch adds missing mwifiex_dump_drv_info()
call for PCIe interface.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As drv_info_dump pointer doesn't get reset, we may end up
freeing the allocated memory twice.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed that firmware doesn't go back to normal
state when all firmware memories are dumped. As a result,
further commands are blocked. This happens due to missing
driver change of writing READ DONE to control register for
SDIO interface.
This patch adds a missing change to fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If any VF is assigned as the PF is unloaded, do not attempt to
remove its vport or the vswitch. These will be removed if the
driver binds to the PF again, as an entity reset occurs during
probe.
A 'force' flag is added to efx_ef10_pci_sriov_disable() to
distinguish between disabling SR-IOV and driver unload.
SR-IOV cannot be disabled if VFs are assigned to guests.
If the PF driver is unloaded while VFs are assigned, the driver
may try to bind to the VF again at a later point if the driver
has been reloaded and the VF returns to the same domain as the PF.
In this case, the PF will not have a VF data structure, so the VF
can check this and drop out of probe early.
In this case, efx->vf_count will be zero but VFs will be present.
The user is advised to remove the VF and re-create it. The check
at the beginning of efx_ef10_pci_sriov_disable() that
efx->vf_count is non-zero is removed to allow SR-IOV to be
disabled in this case. Also, if the PF driver is unloaded, it
will disable SR-IOV to remove these unknown VFs.
By not disabling bus-mastering if VFs are still assigned, the VF
will continue to pass traffic after the PF has been removed.
When using the max_vfs module parameter, if VFs are already
present do not try to initialise any more.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver unloads, force the unbind and removal of any
VFs in the host with the PF. The PF cannot remove vports and
vswitches if they are still being used by a VF driver, and when
unloading the sfc driver the removal order is not guaranteed,
so the instruction from the PF to the VF to unbind enforces a
suitable ordering so that vswitches and vports can be removed.
As a result of this, manually unbinding the driver from a single
PF will result in all of its VFs in the host also being removed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ifenslave command to set up a bond runs in an atomic
context, and it queries the stats on the devices that are
being enslaved. A VF needs to make an MCDI call to update
its stats, which is not allowed in atomic context.
The releasing of the stats_lock is moved to the beginning of
the VF stats update function so that in_interrupt() can be
used; it must be taken again before returning from this
function.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The raw_mask array is not initialised, so it needs to be
explicitly set to zero in the 'else' branch.
If the EVB capability is not present, a port cannot have multiple
functions so the per-port MAC stats are correct and should match
the corresponding vadaptor stats, so this redundancy can be
removed from the ethtool stats output.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_MAC_STATS can be called on a function before a
vadaptor has been created, as the kernel can call into this
through ndo_get_stats/ndo_get_stats64.
If MC_CMD_MAC_STATS is called before the DMA queues have been
setup, so that a vadaptor has not been created yet, firmware
will return ENOENT. This is expected, so suppress the MCDI
error message in this case.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdevice statistics (in /proc/net/dev) are per-function
stats so they must use the vadaptor stats. Change the use of
MAC stats to vadaptor stats, and remove any statistics that
can only be measured per-port. All stats that are removed
will be shown as zeroes when these statistics are displayed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware does not support a periodic DMA of vadaptor-stats
on VFs, so only update the stats buffer when stats are
requested (when running "ethtool -S" or an ip/ifconfig
command that reports stats).
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All interfaces will display vadaptor statistics, so set all the
relevant bits in the stats bitmask. Only functions with the
LINKCTRL flag will see other stats, including (per-port) MAC stats.
The vadaptor stats are from rx_unicast to tx_overflow.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port-id must be known so that the RMON level can be
set for the collection of vadapter stats.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC stats are per-port and will only be displayed on the PF
with control of the link (one per physical port). Vadapter stats
will also be displayed for this PF, so distinguish the MAC stats
by adding a prefix of "port_".
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On every adapter there will be one primary PF per adaptor and
one link control PF per port.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is a stylistic change and does not affect
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case where we have multiple functions (PFs and VFs), this
sysfs entry is useful to identify the physical port corresponding
to the function we are interested in.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GFP_KERNEL should be used in the thread context
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to cast void* to u8*: pointer arithmetics
works same way for both.
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a copypaste bug that was discovered by a static analysis
tool:
The patch 4863dea3fa: "net: Adding support for Cavium ThunderX
network controller" from May 26, 2015, leads to the following static
checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_ethtool.c:517
nicvf_set_rxfh()
warn: we tested 'hkey' before and it was 'false'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_ethtool.c
506 /* We do not allow change in unsupported parameters */
507 if (hkey ||
^^^^
We return here.
508 (hfunc != ETH_RSS_HASH_NO_CHANGE && hfunc !=
ETH_RSS_HASH_TOP))
509 return -EOPNOTSUPP;
510
511 rss->enable = true;
512 if (indir) {
513 for (idx = 0; idx < rss->rss_size; idx++)
514 rss->ind_tbl[idx] = indir[idx];
515 }
516
517 if (hkey) {
^^^^
So this is dead code.
518 memcpy(rss->key, hkey, RSS_HASH_KEY_SIZE *
sizeof(u64));
519 nicvf_set_rss_key(nic);
520 }
521
522 nicvf_config_rss(nic);
523 return 0;
524 }
regards,
dan carpenter
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse messages like this:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:1141:26: sparse: symbol
'nicvf_get_stats64' was not declared. Should it be static?
Also remove unused declarations
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They were left from development stage
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse message:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:385:40: sparse: cast to
restricted __le64
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse message:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:153:25: sparse: cast to
restricted __le64
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse messages like this:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/thunder_bgx.c:897:24: sparse:
constant 0x300000000000 is so big it is long
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are duplicate NODE_ID macro definitions. Move all of them to
nic.h for usage in nic and bgx driver and introduce nic_get_node_id()
helper function.
This patch also fixes 64bit mask which should have been ULL by
reworking the node calculation.
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The naming convention is to always have the flags prefixed with
IEEE80211_HW_ so they're 'namespaced', make this flag follow it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no drivers setting IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE
or IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE, so any code using the
two flags is dead; it's also exceedingly unlikely that any new driver
could ever need to set these flags.
The wcn36xx code is almost certainly broken, but this preserves the
previous behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The process_mad device function declares some parameters as "in". Make those
parameters const and adjust the call tree under process_mad in the various
drivers accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Hal Rosenstock <hal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds vnic driver register related changes for T6 adapter
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds NIC driver related changes for T6 adapter. Register related
changes, MC related changes, VF related changes, doorbell related
changes, debugfs changes, etc
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds new macro is_t6 and adds the register address range for T6 adapter
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various VTI tunnel (mark handling, PMTU) bug fixes from Alexander
Duyck and Steffen Klassert.
2) Revert ethtool PHY query change, it wasn't correct. The PHY address
selected by the driver running the PHY to MAC connection decides
what PHY address GET ethtool operations return information from.
3) Fix handling of sequence number bits for encryption IV generation in
ESP driver, from Herbert Xu.
4) UDP can return -EAGAIN when we hit a bad checksum on receive, even
when there are other packets in the receive queue which is wrong.
Just respect the error returned from the generic socket recv
datagram helper. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix BNA driver firmware loading on big-endian systems, from Ivan
Vecera.
6) Fix regression in that we were inheriting the congestion control of
the listening socket for new connections, the intended behavior
always was to use the default in this case. From Neal Cardwell.
7) Fix NULL deref in brcmfmac driver, from Arend van Spriel.
8) OTP parsing fix in iwlwifi from Liad Kaufman.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
vti6: Add pmtu handling to vti6_xmit.
Revert "net: core: 'ethtool' issue with querying phy settings"
bnx2x: Move statistics implementation into semaphores
xen: netback: read hotplug script once at start of day.
xen: netback: fix printf format string warning
Revert "netfilter: ensure number of counters is >0 in do_replace()"
net: dsa: Properly propagate errors from dsa_switch_setup_one
tcp: fix child sockets to use system default congestion control if not set
udp: fix behavior of wrong checksums
sfc: free multiple Rx buffers when required
bna: fix soft lock-up during firmware initialization failure
bna: remove unreasonable iocpf timer start
bna: fix firmware loading on big-endian machines
bridge: fix br_multicast_query_expired() bug
via-rhine: Resigning as maintainer
brcmfmac: avoid null pointer access when brcmf_msgbuf_get_pktid() fails
mac80211: Fix mac80211.h docbook comments
iwlwifi: nvm: fix otp parsing in 8000 hw family
iwlwifi: pcie: fix tracking of cmd_in_flight
ip_vti/ip6_vti: Preserve skb->mark after rcv_cb call
...
Remove support for legacy ndo ops
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid/.ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid. Rocker will use
bridge_setlink/dellink exclusively for VLAN add/del operations.
The legacy ops are needed if using 8021q driver module to setup VLANs on
the port. But an alternative exists in using bridge_setlink/delink to
setup VLANs, which doesn't depend on 8021q module. So rocker will switch
to the newer setlink/dellink ops. VLANs can added/delete from the port,
regardless if port is bridged or not, using the bridge commands:
bridge vlan [add|del] vid VID dev DEV self
(Yes, I agree it's confusing to use the "bridge" command to set a VLAN on a
non-bridged port).
Using setlink/dellink over legacy ops let's us handle the stacked driver
case automatically. It's built-in. setlink also pass additional flags
(PVID, egress untagged) that aren't available with the legacy ops.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the port joins a bridge, the port's internal VLAN ID needs to change
to the bridge's internal VLAN ID. Likewise, when leaving the bridge, the
internal VLAN ID reverts back the port's original internal VLAN ID. (The
internal VLAN ID is used by device to internally mark untagged pkts with
some VLAN, which will eventually be removed on egress...think PVID). When
the internal VLAN ID changes, we need to update the VLAN table entries and
the router MAC entries for IP/IPv6 to reflect the new internal VLAN ID.
This patch makes use of the common rocker_port_vlan_add/del functions to
make sure the tables are updated for the current internal VLAN ID.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On port probe, install by default untagged VLAN support. This is
equivalent to running the command:
bridge vlan add vid 0 dev DEV self
A user could, if they wanted, manaully removing untagged support from the
port by running the command:
bridge vlan del vid 0 dev DEV self
But installing it by default on port initialization gives the normal
expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic house keeping: If there is an error adding the router MAC for this
vlan, removing the just installed VLAN table entry to leave device in same
state as before failure.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When allocating the array of rocker port pointers, zero the array values so
we can test for !NULL to see if port is allocated/registered. We'll need
this later when installing untagged VLAN support for each port, during port
probe. It's a long story, but to install a VLAN (vid=0 for untagged, in
this case) on a port, we'll need to scan other ports to see if the VLAN
group for that VLAN has been setup. To scan the other ports, we need to
walk the port array.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused function cxgb4_enable_db_coalescing() and
cxgb4_disable_db_coalescing()
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rocker (switch) of a rocker_port may be trivially obtained from
the latter it seems cleaner not to pass the former to a function when
the latter is being passed anyway.
rocker_port_rx_proc() is omitted from this change as it is a hot path case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver allocates one page for each buffer on the rx ring, which is
too much on architectures like ppc64 and can cause unexpected allocation
failures when the system is under stress. Now, we keep a memory pool
per queue, and if the architecture's PAGE_SIZE is greater than 4k, we
fragment pages and assign each 4k segment to a ring element, which
reduces the overall memory consumption on such architectures. This
helps avoiding errors like the example below:
[bnx2x_alloc_rx_sge:435(eth1)]Can't alloc sge
[c00000037ffeb900] [d000000075eddeb4] .bnx2x_alloc_rx_sge+0x44/0x200 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffeb9b0] [d000000075ee0b34] .bnx2x_fill_frag_skb+0x1ac/0x460 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffebac0] [d000000075ee11f0] .bnx2x_tpa_stop+0x160/0x2e8 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffebb90] [d000000075ee1560] .bnx2x_rx_int+0x1e8/0xc30 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffebcd0] [d000000075ee2084] .bnx2x_poll+0xdc/0x3d8 [bnx2x] (unreliable)
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <krisman@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Reviewed-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit dff173de84 ("bnx2x: Fix statistics locking scheme") changed the
bnx2x locking around statistics state into using a mutex - but the lock
is being accessed via a timer which is forbidden.
[If compiled with CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES, logs show a warning about
accessing the mutex in interrupt context]
This moves the implementation into using a semaphore [with size '1']
instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we come to tear things down in netback_remove() and generate the
uevent it is possible that the xenstore directory has already been
removed (details below).
In such cases netback_uevent() won't be able to read the hotplug
script and will write a xenstore error node.
A recent change to the hypervisor exposed this race such that we now
sometimes lose it (where apparently we didn't ever before).
Instead read the hotplug script configuration during setup and use it
for the lifetime of the backend device.
The apparently more obvious fix of moving the transition to
state=Closed in netback_remove() to after the uevent does not work
because it is possible that we are already in state=Closed (in
reaction to the guest having disconnected as it shutdown). Being
already in Closed means the toolstack is at liberty to start tearing
down the xenstore directories. In principal it might be possible to
arrange to unregister the device sooner (e.g on transition to Closing)
such that xenstore would still be there but this state machine is
fragile and prone to anger...
A modern Xen system only relies on the hotplug uevent for driver
domains, when the backend is in the same domain as the toolstack it
will run the necessary setup/teardown directly in the correct sequence
wrt xenstore changes.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c: In function ‘xenvif_tx_build_gops’:
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c:1253:8: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 5 has type ‘int’ [-Wformat=]
(txreq.offset&~PAGE_MASK) + txreq.size);
^
PAGE_MASK's type can vary by arch, so a cast is needed.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
----
v2: Cast to unsigned long, since PAGE_MASK can vary by arch.
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VNET_LE flag was introduced to fix accesses to virtio 1.0 headers
that are always little-endian. It can also be used to handle the special
case of a legacy little-endian device implemented by a big-endian host.
Let's add a flag and ioctls for big-endian devices as well. If both flags
are set, little-endian wins.
Since this is isn't a common usecase, the feature is controlled by a kernel
config option (not set by default).
Both macvtap and tun are covered by this patch since they share the same
API with userland.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The current memory accessors logic is:
- little endian if little_endian
- native endian (i.e. no byteswap) if !little_endian
If we want to fully support cross-endian vhost, we also need to be
able to convert to big endian.
Instead of changing the little_endian argument to some 3-value enum, this
patch changes the logic to:
- little endian if little_endian
- big endian if !little_endian
The native endian case is handled by all users with a trivial helper. This
patch doesn't change any functionality, nor it does add overhead.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
There have been concerns that the function names gpiod_set_array() and
gpiod_get_array() might be confusing to users. One might expect
gpiod_get_array() to return array values, while it is actually the array
counterpart of gpiod_get(). To be consistent with the single descriptor API
we could rename gpiod_set_array() to gpiod_set_array_value(). This makes
some function names a bit lengthy: gpiod_set_raw_array_value_cansleep().
Signed-off-by: Rojhalat Ibrahim <imr@rtschenk.de>
Acked-by: Alexandre Courbot <acourbot@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Some of of qca988x solutions are having global reset issue
during target initialization. Bypassing PLL setting before
downloading firmware and letting the SoC run on REF_CLK is fixing
the problem. Corresponding firmware change is also needed to set
the clock source once the target is initialized. Since 10.2.4
firmware is having this ROM patch, applying skip_clock_init only
for 10.2.4 firmware versions.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e, func, da;
@@
-init_timer (&e);
+setup_timer (&e, func, da);
-e.data = da;
-e.function = func;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4, a, b;
@@
-init_timer(&e1);
+setup_timer(&e1, a, b);
... when != a = e2
when != b = e3
-e1.function = a;
... when != b = e4
-e1.data = b;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4, a, b;
@@
-init_timer(&e1);
+setup_timer(&e1, a, b);
... when != a = e2
when != b = e3
-e1.data = b;
... when != a = e4
-e1.function = a;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e, func, da;
@@
-init_timer (&e);
+setup_timer (&e, func, da);
-e.data = da;
-e.function = func;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When Rx packet data must be dropped, all the buffers
associated with that Rx packet must be freed. Extend
and rename efx_free_rx_buffer() to efx_free_rx_buffers()
and loop through all the fragments.
By doing so this patch fixes a possible memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=KmwY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
As we get closer to the merge window, here are a few
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the current channel to 11. This is the default
value on reset.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC2520 has the default 0dBm transmit power level on reset.
This patch update initial value of transmit power with 0dBm value.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for seeting tx power values for cc2520
and also for the combination of CC2520-CC2591.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes tha way of handling of cc2591-cc2520 combination
by moving amplified variable from platform data to private data.
This will be useful in other sections like tx power support.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Initially we dont have the tx power settings from the user-space.
Now we have the support for seeting the tx power level.
So lets use the default tx power setting for the radio.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Atusb uses the at86rf231 transceiver so we can use the same calculation
for txpower settings for it.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With this function we can set individual bits in the registers if needed.
With the old SR_VALUE macro we could only set one bit in the register
which was ok for some scenarios but not for all. With this subreg write
function we can now set more bits defined by the mask while not touching
the rest.
We start using it for the current SR_VALUE use case and will use it more
in upcoming patches.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Allocate the receive bufer from the NUMA node assigned to the primary
channel.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Occasionnaly we may get oversized packets from the hardware which exceed
the nomimal 2KiB buffer size we allocate SKBs with. Add an early check
which drops the packet to avoid invoking skb_over_panic() and move on to
processing the next packet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, bcm_sysport_desc_rx() calls bcm_sysport_rx_refill() at the end of Rx
packet processing loop, after the current Rx packet has already been passed to
napi_gro_receive(). However, bcm_sysport_rx_refill() might fail to allocate a new
Rx skb, thus leaving a hole on the Rx queue where no valid Rx buffer exists.
To eliminate this situation:
1. Rewrite bcm_sysport_rx_refill() to retain the current Rx skb on the
Rx queue if a new replacement Rx skb can't be allocated and DMA-mapped.
In this case, the data on the current Rx skb is effectively dropped.
2. Modify bcm_sysport_desc_rx() to call bcm_sysport_rx_refill() at the
top of Rx packet processing loop, so that the new replacement Rx skb is
already in place before the current Rx skb is processed.
This is loosely inspired from d6707bec59 ("net: bcmgenet: rewrite
bcmgenet_rx_refill()")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a 1:1 mapping between the software maintained control block in
priv->rx_cbs and the buffer address in priv->rx_bds, such that there is
no need to keep computing the buffer address when refiling a control
block.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bug in the driver initialization causes soft-lockup if firmware
initialization timeout is reached. Polling function bfa_ioc_poll_fwinit()
incorrectly calls bfa_nw_iocpf_timeout() when the timeout is reached.
The problem is that bfa_nw_iocpf_timeout() calls again
bfa_ioc_poll_fwinit()... etc. The bfa_ioc_poll_fwinit() should directly
send timeout event for iocpf and the same should be done if firmware
download into HW fails.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver starts iocpf timer prior bnad_ioceth_enable() call and this is
unreasonable. This piece of code probably originates from Brocade/Qlogic
out-of-box driver during initial import into upstream. This driver uses
only one timer and queue to implement multiple timers and this timer is
started at this place. The upstream driver uses multiple timers instead
of this.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware required by bna is stored in appropriate files as sequence
of LE32 integers. After loading by request_firmware() they need to be
byte-swapped on big-endian arches. Without this conversion the NIC
is unusable on big-endian machines.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The thunderx ethernet driver fails to build on architectures
that do not have an atomic readq() and writeq() function for
64-bit PCI bus access:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/thunder_bgx.c: In function 'bgx_reg_read':
include/asm-generic/io.h:195:23: error: implicit declaration of function 'readq' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
It seems impossible to get this driver to work on most 32-bit
hardware, so it's better to add an explicit dependency, in
order to let us keep building 'allmodconfig' kernels on
all architectures.
As the driver is meant for the internal hardware on an arm64 SoC, this
is not a problem for usability. Allowing the build on all 64-bit
architectures rather than just CONFIG_ARM64 on the other hand means that
we get the benefit of build testing on x86.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When freeing a CQ, we need to make sure there are no
asynchronous events (on the ASYNC EQ) that could
relate to this CQ before freeing it.
This is done by introducing synchronize_irq.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that EQs management is in the sole responsibility of mlx4_core,
the IRQ affinity hints configuration should be in its hands as well.
request_irq is called only once by the first consumer (maybe mlx4_ib),
so mlx4_en passes the affinity mask too late. We also need to request
vectors according to the cores we want to run on.
mlx4_core distribution of IRQs to cores is straight forward,
EQ(i)->IRQ will set affinity hint to core i.
Consumers need to request EQ vectors, according to their cores
considerations (NUMA).
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, mlx4_en allocated EQs and used them exclusively.
This affected RoCE performance, as applications which are
events sensitive were limited to use only the legacy EQs.
Change that by introducing an EQ pool. This pool is managed
by mlx4_core. EQs are assigned to ports (when there are limited
number of EQs, multiple ports could be assigned to the same EQs).
An exception to this rule is the ASYNC EQ which handles various events.
Legacy EQs are completely removed as all EQs could be shared.
When a consumer (mlx4_ib/mlx4_en) requests an EQ, it asks for
EQ serving on a specific port. The core driver calculates which
EQ should be assigned to that request.
Because IRQs are shared between IB and Ethernet modules, their
names only include the PCI device BDF address.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SRIOV, when simple (i.e - Ethernet L2 only) flow steering rules are
created, always create them at MLX4_DOMAIN_NIC priority (instead of
the real priority the function created them at). This is done in order
to let multiple functions add broadcast/multicast rules without
affecting other functions, which is necessary for DPDK in SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-28
Here's a set of patches intended for 4.2. The majority of the changes
are on the 802.15.4 side of things rather than Bluetooth related:
- All sorts of cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 and related drivers
- Rework of tx power support in ieee802154 and its drivers
- Support for setting ieee802154 tx power through nl802154
- New IDs for the btusb driver
- Various cleanups & smaller fixes to btusb
- New btrtl driver for Realtec devices
- Fix suspend/resume for Realtek devices
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the Ethernet part of the driver for the Mellanox ConnectX(R)-4
Single/Dual-Port Adapter supporting 100Gb/s with VPI. The driver
extends the existing mlx5 driver with Ethernet functionality.
This patch contains the driver entry points but does not include
transmit and receive (see the previous patch in the series) routines.
It also adds the option MLX5_CORE_EN to Kconfig to enable/disable the
Ethernet functionality. Currently, Kconfig is programmed to make
Ethernet and Infiniband functionality mutally exclusive.
Also changed MLX5_INFINIBAND to be depandant on MLX5_CORE instead of
selecting it, since MLX5_CORE could be selected without MLX5_INFINIBAND
being selected.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains the resource handling files:
- flow_table.c: This file contains the code to handle the low level API
to configure hardware flow table. It is separated from
the flow_table_en.c, because it will be used in the
future by Raw Ethernet QP in mlx5_ib too.
- en_flow_table.[ch]: Ethernet flow steering handling. The flow table
object contain a mapping between flow specs and TIRs.
This mechanism will be used also to configure e-switch
in the future, when SR-IOV support will be added.
- transobj.[ch] - Low level functions to create/modify/destroy the
transport objects: RQ/SQ/TIR/TIS
- vport.[ch] - Handle attributes of a virtual port (vPort) in the
embedded switch. Currently this switch is a passthrough, until SR-IOV
support will be added.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
en_[rt]x.c contains the data path related code specific to tx or rx.
en_txrx.c contains data path code which is common for both the rx and
tx, this is mainly napi related code.
Below are the objects that are being used by the hardware and the driver
in the data path:
Channel - one channel per IRQ. Every channel object contains:
RQ - describes the rx queue
TIR - One TIR (Transport Interface Receive) object per flow type. TIR
contains attributes for a type of rx flow (e.g IPv4, IPv6 etc).
A flow is defined in the Flow Table.
Currently TIR describes the RSS hash parameters if exists and LRO
attributes.
SQ - describes the a tx queue. There is one SQ (Send Queue) per
TC (traffic class).
TIS - There is one TIS (Transport Interface Send) per TC. It
describes the TC and may later be extended to describe more
transport properties.
Both RQ and SQ inherit from the object WQ (work queue). This common code
to describe the layout of CQE's WQE's in memory is in the files wq.[cj]
For every channel there is one NAPI context that is used for RX and
for TX.
Driver is using netdev_alloc_skb() to allocate skb's.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce set/Query low level functions to access MTU in hardware. To be
used by the netdev.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce mlx5_core_modify_cq_moderation() to be used by the netdev, to
set hardware coalescing.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implemet get/set port status low level functions to be exposed by the
netdev.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those registers will be used by the ethtool to set/get settings.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Query all supported types of dev caps on driver load.
- Store the Cap data outbox per cap type into driver private data.
- Introduce new Macros to access/dump stored caps (using the auto
generated data types).
- Obsolete SW representation of dev caps (no need for SW copy for each
cap).
- Modify IB driver to use new macros for checking caps.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5_ifc.h was heavily modified here since it is now generated by a
script from the device specification (PRM rev 0.25). This specification
is backward compatible to existing hardware.
Some structures/fields were added here in order to enable the Ethernet
functionality of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preparation for upcoming ethernet driver.
- Move msix array from eq_table struct to priv since its not related to
eq_table
- Intorduce irq_info struct to hold all irq information
- Move name from mlx5_eq to irq_info struct since it is irq property.
- Set IRQ affinity hints
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As David Daney pointed in mlx4_core driver [1], mlx5_core is also
misusing the DMA-API.
This patch is removing the code that vmap() memory allocated by
dma_alloc_coherent().
After this patch, users of this drivers might fail allocating resources
on memory fragmeneted systems. This will be fixed later on.
[1] - https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/458531/
CC: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-05-28
This series contains updates to ethtool, ixgbe, i40e and i40evf.
John adds helper routines for ethtool to pass VF to rx_flow_spec. Since
the ring_cookie is 64 bits wide which is much larger than what could be
used for actual queue index values, provide helper routines to pack a VF
index into the cookie. Then John provides a ixgbe patch to allow flow
director to use the entire queue space.
Neerav provides a i40e patch to collect XOFF Rx stats, where it was not
being collected before.
Anjali provides ATR support for tunneled packets, as well as stats to
count tunnel ATR hits. Cleaned up PF struct members which are
unnecessary, since we can use the stat index macro directly. Cleaned
up flow director ATR/SB messages to a higher debug level since they
are not useful unless silicon validation is happening.
Greg provides a patch to disable offline diagnostics if VFs are enabled
since ethtool offline diagnostic tests are not designed (out of scope)
to disable VF functions for testing and re-enable afterward. Also cleans
up TODO comment that is no longer needed.
Vasu provides a fix an FCoE EOF case where i40e_fcoe_ctxt_eof() maybe
called before i40e_fcoe_eof_is_supported() is called.
Jesse adds skb->xmit_more support for i40evf. Then provides a performance
enhancement for i40evf by inlining some functions which provides a 15%
gain in small packet performance. Also cleans up the use of time_stamp
since it is no longer used to determine if there is a tx_hang and was
a part of a previous tx_hang design which is no longer used.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current algorithm for deciding on the number of VRSS channels is
not optimal since we open up the min of number of CPUs online and the
number of VRSS channels the host is offering. So on a 32 VCPU guest
we could potentially open 32 VRSS subchannels. Experimentation has
shown that it is best to limit the number of VRSS channels to the number
of CPUs within a NUMA node.
Here is the new algorithm for deciding on the number of sub-channels we
would open up:
1) Pick the minimum of what the host is offering and what the driver
in the guest is specifying as the default value.
2) Pick the minimum of (1) and the numbers of CPUs in the NUMA
node the primary channel is bound to.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethernet controller available in IPQ806x is a Synopsys DesignWare
Gigabit MAC IP core, already supported by the stmmac driver.
This glue layer implements some platform specific settings required to
get the controller working on an IPQ806x based platform.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case DT is used, this change adds the ability to the stmmac driver to
detect a fixed-link PHY, instanciate it, and use it during
phy_connect().
Fixed link PHYs DT usage is described in:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On stmmac driver, PHY specification in device-tree was done using the
non-standard property "snps,phy-addr". Specifying a PHY on a different
MDIO bus that the one within the stmmac controller doesn't seem to be
possible when device-tree is used.
This change adds support for the phy-handle property, as specified in
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two fixes which got lost in my recent distraction. One is a weird
cpumask function which needed to be rewritten, the other is a module
bug which is cc:stable.
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wuP+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull fixes for cpumask and modules from Rusty Russell:
"** NOW WITH TESTING! **
Two fixes which got lost in my recent distraction. One is a weird
cpumask function which needed to be rewritten, the other is a module
bug which is cc:stable"
* tag 'fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux:
cpumask_set_cpu_local_first => cpumask_local_spread, lament
module: Call module notifier on failure after complete_formation()
This could lead userspace initram images getting
built without necessary firmware files included
leading to probing failures of ath10k on boot with
QCA61X4.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In some cases some channel survey data was
reported incorrect.
Channel info events were expected to come in pairs
without and with COMPLETE flag set respectively
for each channel visit during scan.
The known deviation from this is rule for last
scan chan info and first (next) scan chan info
both have COMPLETE flag set. This was either
programmed with the intent of providing BSS cycle
count info or this is an artefact of firmware scan
state machine. Either way this is useless due to
short wraparound time, wraparound quirks and no
overflow notification.
Survey dumps now include only data gathered during
scan channel visits that can be computed
correctly.
This should improve hostapd ACS a little bit.
Reported-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When QCA988X cycle counter HW register wraps
around it resets to 0x7fffffff instead of 0. All
other cycle counter related registers are divided
by 2 so they never wraparound themselves. QCA61X4
has a uniform CC and it wraparounds in a regular
fashion though.
Worst case wraparound time is approx 24 seconds
(2**31 / 88MHz). Since scan channel visit times
are max 5 seconds (offchannel case) it is
guaranteed there's been at most 1 wraparound and
it is possible to compute survey active time
value. It is, however, impossible to determine the
point at which Rx Clear Count has been divided by
two so it is not reported upon wraparound.
This fixes some occasional incorrect survey data
on QCA988X as some channels (depending on how/when
scan/offchannel requests were requested) would
have approx 24 sec active time which wasn't
actually the case.
This should improve hostapd ACS a little bit.
Reported-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The macro isn't WMI specific. Instead it is
related to hardware chip so move the macro
accordingly. While at it document the magic value.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replace confusing QL_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM == -1 == -EPERM with -EINVAL
and QLC_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CMD == -2 == -ENOENT with -EOPNOTSUPP, the
latter error code is arguable, but it is already used in the driver,
so let it be here as well.
Also remove always false (!buf) check on read(), the driver should
not care if userspace gets its EFAULT or not.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Acked-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump.
Change-ID: I54ec2787a9fead5e18447078f26e5dd27f01da44
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver doesn't use the time_stamp member to determine if there is a
tx_hang any more. There really isn't any point to the variable at all
so just remove it. It was left over from a previous tx_hang design.
Change-ID: I4c814827e1bcb46e45118fe37acdcfa814fb62a0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Inlining these functions gives us about 15% more 64 byte packets per
second when using pktgen. 13.3 million to 15 million with a single
queue.
Also fix the function names in i40evf to i40evf not i40e while we are
touching the function header.
Change-ID: I3294ae9b085cf438672b6db5f9af122490ead9d0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Eric added support for skb->xmit_more in i40e, this ports that into
i40evf as well.
Support skb->xmit_more in i40evf is straightforward; we need to move
around i40e_maybe_stop_tx() call to correctly test netif_xmit_stopped()
before taking the decision to not kick the NIC.
Change-ID: Idddda6a2e4a7ab335631c91ced51f55b25eb8468
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These are not useful unless SV is happening as there is a FD flush counter
that tracks this.
Change-ID: If2655b5a29687247d03a51d35f69854bbeb711ce
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Because i40e_fcoe_ctxt_eof should never be called without
i40e_fcoe_eof_is_supported being called first, the EOF in fcoe_ctxt_eof
should always be valid and therefore we do not need to print an error
if it is not valid.
However, a WARN ON to easily catch any calls to i40e_fcoe_ctxt_eof that
aren't preceded with a call to i40e_fcoe_eof_is_supported is helpful.
Change-ID: I3b536b1981ec0bce80576a74440b7dea3908bdb9
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no need for a counter so remove the TODO comment.
Change-ID: I3321dda04934c4f5fda9b279ab666192bda44214
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can use the stat index macro directly, a variable is not required.
Change-ID: I19f08ac16353dc0cd87a1a8248d714e15a54aa8a
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a 3rd dynamic filter counter to track Tunneled ATR hits separately.
Ethtool port stat "fdir_atr_tunnel_match"
Change-ID: Idd978b6db2a462b5722397cd2ffd04ef055f8655
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Without this, RSS would have done inner header load balancing. Now we can
get the benefits of ATR for tunneled packets to better align TX and RX
queues with the right core/interrupt.
Change-ID: I07d0e0a192faf28fdd33b2f04c32b2a82ff97ddd
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a HW recovery was started but not completed since all interfaces went
down, make sure to cleanup all interfaces before clearing the HW_RESTART
flag.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
BlockAck sessions can have events that are interesting to
debug. When we send or receive a BAR, it is may indicate
that something bad is happening. Even more so when mac80211
tells us that a frame timed out in the reodering buffer.
Add a few triggers for BlockAck session debugging.
Allow per-TID debugging.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=oUlh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-06' into iwlwifi-next
Lots of updates for net-next for this cycle. As usual, we have
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
Require the user to disable virtual functions before running the device
offline diagnostics. The offline diagnostics are intended to ensure
basic operation of the device - it is beyond the scope of the diagnostic
test to handle the additional complexity of bringing all the virtual
functions offline and then back online for each test run.
Change-ID: Ic0b854851a09fc85df0c9e82c220e45885457c30
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When PFC is enabled for any UP in single TC configuration the driver didn't
collect the PFC XOFF RX stats. Though a single TC with PFC enabled is not a
common scenario do not prevent the driver from collecting stats if firmware
indicates that PFC is enabled.
Change-ID: Ie20bd58b07608b528f3c6d95894c9ae56b00077a
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For UMAC, we were not treating a race condition that happens in the
scan flows, because it was not using the same state flags. Now that
UMAC and LMAC scans use the same state flags, we can also handle the
race conditions for UMAC.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
UMAC scans now use the general scan status for almost everything, the
only part missing was in the scan complete notifications. Change it
to use the stopping flags instead of clearing the flags when the stop
comes from above and clean the handler function a bit.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The regular and scheduled scan functions are very similar, so they can
be combined into one.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Having explicit rx cmd header fields is useful, as it can
be used for event filtering (e.g. saving only debug logs,
rather than the whole data)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This check for family type is redundant as the if clause above
checks a family-dependent Boolean (which is not set for family 8000 anyway).
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The UMAC and LMAC scan_stop functions are now nearly identical, so
they can be combined into a single function instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We can only have one scan per type at the same time, so the code that
tries to stop several scans of a type is unnecessary. Remove that to
reduce code complexity.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We can only have one scan of each type running at the same time, so we
can remove one attribute in the UID information we save. We had array
index, UID and type, but only UID (== array_index) and type are
necessary. Refactor the code to use this simplified array.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add support for scan priority API with 8 levels instead of the
existing 3 levels. This API is needed to define the priority of
new ooc activities, e.g. gscan.
Add a TLV flag to indicate if the new API is supported so that
devices that does not support the new API will continue to use
the old one.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some LMAC specific functions had too generic names
(i.e. *_scan_offload_*) and were hard to distinguish from functions
that are really generic. Rename these functions to *_lmac_scan_* in
to make it more consistent and easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For consistency with the LMAC functions, rename the UMAC scan stop
function to iwl_mvm_umac_scan_stop(). Additionally, move things
around a bit to avoid an unnecessary forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For UMAC scans, we were simply jumping into another function when scan
stop functions were called, while for LMAC scans, the flow continued.
To make the flows cleaner and more balanced, combine the UMAC part
into the main stop functions. This also makes us take one step closer
into combining the state flags for both APIs.
Note that some STOPPING flags will be dangling in UMAC scans, but it
doesn't matter because they are not used in UMAC yet (and this will be
fixed in subsequent patches).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
It is not necessary to stop regular scans when going out of idle
state. Previously, we were doing so for LMAC scans because the
iwl_mvm_scan_offload_stop() function was stopping both kinds of scans.
Now that we have more granularity, we can skip it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The iwl_mvm_scan_offload_stop() function is used to stop LMAC regular
scan, stop LMAC scheduled scan and stop UMAC scheduled scans (but not
UMAC regular scans), making it very difficult to read.
Reorganize the scan stopping functions by creating separate functions
to stop regular and scheduled scans, separating the LMAC stopping part
of the code from the rest and renaming the offload_stop function to
iwl_mvm_lmac_scan_stop().
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The commit below fixed this for the old firmware API only.
Since the new firmware API hasn't been released yet, this
doesn't fix anything on currently existing firmwares.
This completes:
commit afcee962b0
Author: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Date: Mon Feb 9 15:18:17 2015 +0200
iwlwifi: mvm: fix BT coex shared antenna activity check
type=bugfix
bug=not-tracked
fixes=unknown
Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The iwl_mvm_config_sched_scan_profiles() function is only used in
scan.c, so remove the declaration from mvm.h and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
After the scan refactor, the order of the SSIDs passed to the firmware
in all scans (including net-detect) are inverted. This was causing
the reporting code to use the wrong SSIDs. To fix this, invert the
array index when accessing the saved match SSIDs to report the
wake-up.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add UMAC scan iteration complete notification. This notification can
be enabled by setting scan_iter_notif_enabled through debugfs.
Upon receiving this notification, print the list of channels that
have been scanned in this iteration. This is useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When receiving scan iteration complete notification, print a list of
the channels that have been scanned in this iteration.
This is useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The BT_CONFIG command used to be very long, hence it was
allocated on the heap in the previous API. In the new API,
this command is much smaller, and can now safely be
allocated on the stack.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since we don't need to configure the Ack / CTS kill mask
anymore in the new API, we don't need to iterate all the
interfaces upon rssi event on one of the interfaces.
Remove that code.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There is no need to have separate definitions for the UMAC scan types,
since they are the same as the LMAC types. Remove UMAC scan types and
use the generic ones instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In order to imeplement the extended VI session feature for Miracast, the FW
requires to detect the VI queue. The detection of the VI queue is done when
it is assigned to a STA with ADD_STA command, so by this time the FW expects
the queue to be already configured (mapped to VI AC and aggregation enabled).
Previously, the queue configuration was done after STA modificaton which
broke the extended VI session feature and resulted in higher latencies.
Fix this by calling iwl_mvm_enable_agg_txq before station modification.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If the device fails to start correctly prior to loading the
regular runtime firmware (after having run the INIT firmware),
treat that error correctly by actually checking the return
value of _iwl_trans_start_hw() and stopping the device again
before returning an error.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
According to the nl80211 documentation, we can neither advertise
scheduled scan nor netdetect address randomisation. However, all
the products that currently require this don't have a need for
the full randomisation.
Therefore, advertise the feature anyway which results in host-
based randomisation, done whenever the system suspends. This is
sufficient for the platforms currently requiring this feature.
If we ever extend this in the future to do full randomisation in
the firmware, then certainly this will still be sufficient for
the current requirements, so it doesn't make a lot of sense to
split the feature bits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Set a default NVM in case the userspace specifies a file
that doesn't match the hardware version. This allows not
to change the boot scripts when someone replaces the device
with a newer hardware step.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add debugfs entry for showing the different Tx power restrictions that are
caused due to various reasons.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Flow director is exported to user space using the ethtool ntuple
support. However, currently it only supports steering traffic to a
subset of the queues in use by the hardware. This change allows
flow director to specify queues that have been assigned to virtual
functions by partitioning the ring_cookie into a 8bit VF specifier
followed by 32bit queue index. At the moment we don't have any
ethernet drivers with more than 2^32 queues on a single function
as best I can tell and nor do I expect this to happen anytime
soon. This way the ring_cookie's normal use for specifying a queue
on a specific PCI function continues to work as expected.
CC: Alex Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The transport modules all need to allocate memory and set up
certain values. Refactor that code into a new common function
to share it and to simplify the error handling.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The UMAC API supports multiple scan schedules, but now we use only a
single one. Change the comment to make this clear and avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This removes the use of the two deprecated calls to the
macro PTR_RET in iwl_mvm_get_regdomain and replaces them
both to PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Krause <xerofoify@gmail.com>
[Commit message editing]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The radio cfg DWORD was taken from the wrong place in the
8000 HW family, after a line in the code was wrongly changed
by mistake. This broke several 8260 devices.
Fixes: 5dd9c68a85 ("iwlwifi: drop support for early versions of 8000")
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The cmd_in_flight tracking was introduced to workaround faulty
power management hardware, by having the driver keep the NIC
awake as long as there are commands in flight. However, some of
the code handling this workaround was unconditionally executed,
which resulted with an inconsistent state where the driver assumed
that the NIC was awake although it wasn't.
Fix this by renaming 'cmd_in_flight' to 'cmd_hold_nic_awake' and
handling the NIC requested awake state only for hardwares for
which the workaround is needed.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Platform NVRAMs often contain values with spaces. Even if right now most
firmware-supported entries are simple values, we shouldn't reject these
with spaces. It was semi-confirmed by Broadcom in the early patch adding
support for platform NVRAMs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This fixes brcmfmac dealing with NVRAM coming from platform e.g. from a
flash MTD partition. In such cases entries are separated by \0 instead
of \n which caused ignoring whole content after the first "comment".
While platform NVRAM doesn't usually contain comments, we switch to
COMMENT state after e.g. finding an unexpected char in key name.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With a simple use of snprintf and small buffer we can compare NVRAM
entry value with a full string. This way we avoid checking random chars
at magic offsets.
Tested on BCM43602 with NVRAM hacked to use v1 format.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Comparing NVRAM entry with a full filtering string is simpler than
comparing it with a short prefix and then checking random chars at magic
offsets. The cost of snprintf relatively low, we execute it just once.
Tested on BCM43602 with NVRAM hacked to use V2 format.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add support for the simplest of MediaTek Wi-Fi devices - MT7601U.
It is a single stream bgn chip with no bells or whistles.
This driver is partially based on Felix's mt76 but IMHO it doesn't
make sense to merge the two right now because MT7601U is a design
somewhere between old Ralink devices and new Mediatek chips. There
wouldn't be all that much code sharing with the devices mt76 supports.
Situation may obviously change when someone decides to extend m76 with
support for the more recent USB dongles.
The driver supports only station mode. I'm hoping to add AP support
when time allows.
This driver sat on GitHub for quite a while and got some testing there:
http://github.com/kuba-moo/mt7601u
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The fields of struct acpi_device are only known when CONFIG_ACPI is
defined. Fix this by using a helper function. This will resolve the
issue found in linux-next:
../brcmfmac/bcmsdh.c: In function 'brcmf_ops_sdio_probe':
../brcmfmac/bcmsdh.c:1139:7: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type
adev->flags.power_manageable = 0;
^
Fixes: f0992ace68 ("brcmfmac: prohibit ACPI power management ...")
Cc: Fu, Zhonghui <zhonghui.fu@linux.intel.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Most code already uses consts for the struct kernel_param_ops,
sweep the kernel for the last offending stragglers. Other than
include/linux/moduleparam.h and kernel/params.c all other changes
were generated with the following Coccinelle SmPL patch. Merge
conflicts between trees can be handled with Coccinelle.
In the future git could get Coccinelle merge support to deal with
patch --> fail --> grammar --> Coccinelle --> new patch conflicts
automatically for us on patches where the grammar is available and
the patch is of high confidence. Consider this a feature request.
Test compiled on x86_64 against:
* allnoconfig
* allmodconfig
* allyesconfig
@ const_found @
identifier ops;
@@
const struct kernel_param_ops ops = {
};
@ const_not_found depends on !const_found @
identifier ops;
@@
-struct kernel_param_ops ops = {
+const struct kernel_param_ops ops = {
};
Generated-by: Coccinelle SmPL
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Junio C Hamano <gitster@pobox.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: cocci@systeme.lip6.fr
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
da91309e0a (cpumask: Utility function to set n'th cpu...) created a
genuinely weird function. I never saw it before, it went through DaveM.
(He only does this to make us other maintainers feel better about our own
mistakes.)
cpumask_set_cpu_local_first's purpose is say "I need to spread things
across N online cpus, choose the ones on this numa node first"; you call
it in a loop.
It can fail. One of the two callers ignores this, the other aborts and
fails the device open.
It can fail in two ways: allocating the off-stack cpumask, or through a
convoluted codepath which AFAICT can only occur if cpu_online_mask
changes. Which shouldn't happen, because if cpu_online_mask can change
while you call this, it could return a now-offline cpu anyway.
It contains a nonsensical test "!cpumask_of_node(numa_node)". This was
drawn to my attention by Geert, who said this causes a warning on Sparc.
It sets a single bit in a cpumask instead of returning a cpu number,
because that's what the callers want.
It could be made more efficient by passing the previous cpu rather than
an index, but that would be more invasive to the callers.
Fixes: da91309e0a
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> (then rebased)
Tested-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes variable name 'fn' to 'pf' of structure adapter.
A 'fn' usually stands for PCI function which could be a PF or a VF.
However, the use of this particular variable is explicitly limited to PF
only. So, be specific about it in the variable name.
Also corrects arguments passed for fn t4_ofld_eq_free, t4_ctrl_eq_free,
t4_eth_eq_free, t4_iq_free, t4_alloc_vi, t4_fw_hello, t4_wr_mbox and
t4_cfg_pfvf function.
Also renames cxgb4_t4_bar2_sge_qregs to t4_bar2_sge_qregs and renames
the latter function name in cxgb4vf driver to t4vf_bar2_sge_qregs to
avoid conflicts. Also fixes alignment for these function.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add debugfs entry to inject Freelist starvation, used only for debugging
purpose.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the Cavium ThunderX network controller.
The driver is on the pci bus and thus requires the Thunder PCIe host
controller driver to be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Czekaj <mjc@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganapatrao Kulkarni <ganapatrao.kulkarni@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Nowicki <tomasz.nowicki@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Kamil Rytarowski <kamil@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Thanneeru Srinivasulu <tsrinivasulu@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Sruthi Vangala <svangala@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xennet_remove() freed the queues before freeing the netdevice which
results in a use-after-free when free_netdev() tries to delete the
napi instances that have already been freed.
Fix this by fully destroy the queues (which includes deleting the napi
instances) before freeing the netdevice.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As many issues are encountered at probe time, where MCDI logging can't be
enabled through the sysfs node, this change adds a module parameter
'mcdi_logging_default', which defaults to false. When set to true, newly-
probed functions will have MCDI logging enabled. The setting can
subsequently be changed as normal through the sysfs node.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MCDI tracing is enabled per-function with a sysfs file
/sys/class/net/<NET_DEV>/device/mcdi_logging
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MCDI tracing is conditional on CONFIG_SFC_MCDI_LOGGING, which is enabled
by default.
Each MCDI command will produce a console line like
sfc dom🚌dev:fn ifname: MCDI RPC REQ: xxxxxxxx [yyyyyyyy...]
where xxxxxxxx etc. are the raw MCDI payload in 32-bit hex chunks.
The response will then produce a similar line with "RESP" instead of "REQ",
and containing the MCDI response payload (if any).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We're seeing some softlockups from this function when there
are a lot fdb entries on a vxlan device. Taking the lock for
each bucket instead of the whole table is enough to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Sorin Dumitru <sdumitru@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the at86rf230 version check which is used
by the rzusb stick.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The test in mlx4_load_one() to remove MLX4_FLAG_MSI_X expects mlx4_NOP() to
fail with -EBUSY. It is also necessary to avoid the reset since the device
is not fully reinitialized before calling mlx4_start_hca() a second time.
Note that this will also affect mlx4_test_interrupts(), the only other user
of MLX4_CMD_NOP.
Fixes: f5aef5a ("net/mlx4_core: Activate reset flow upon fatal command cases")
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e9ce7cb6b1 ("xen-netback: Factor queue-specific data into queue
struct") introduced a regression when moving queue-specific data into
the queue struct by failing to set the credit_bytes field. This
prevented bandwidth limiting from working. Initialize the field as it
was done before multiqueue support was added.
Signed-off-by: Ross Lagerwall <ross.lagerwall@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update all open-coded tests for all 4 PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII* values
to use the newly introduced helper: phy_interface_is_rgmii.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If read() syscall requests unexpected number of bytes from "dimm" binary
attribute file, return EINVAL instead of EPERM.
At the same time pin down sysfs file size to the fixed
sizeof(struct netxen_dimm_cfg), which allows to exploit some missing
sanity checks from kernfs (file boundary checks vs offset etc.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the ethtool command is used to set the speed of the device while
the device is down, the check to set the initial mode may fail when
the device is brought up, causing failure to bring the device up.
Update the code to set the initial mode based on the desired speed if
auto-negotiation is disabled.
This patch fixes a bug introduced by:
d9663c8c21 ("amd-xgbe-phy: Use phydev advertising field vs supported")
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b112889c5a ("iwlwifi: mvm: add Aux ROC request/response flow")
added aux ROC flow in addition to the existing ROC flow. While doing
it, it moved the ROC reference release to a common work item, which
is being called for both the ROC and aux ROC flows.
This resulted in invalid reference accounting, as no reference was
taken in case of aux ROC, while a reference was released on completion.
Fix it by adding a reference for the aux ROC as well, and release
only the relevant references on completion (according to the set bits).
While at it, convert cancel_work_sync() to flush_work(), in order
to make sure the references are being cleaned properly.
Fixes: b112889c5a ("iwlwifi: mvm: add Aux ROC request/response flow")
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We should not call the iwl_pcie_set_pwr() functions in the
suspend/resume flows for family 8000, because the register used is
locked in devices from this family. Doing this causes an NMI
protection error (RT_NMI_INTERRUPT_PREG_PROTECTION).
To fix this, skip those calls if the device family is
IWL_DEVICE_FAMILY_8000.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we disconnect from the AP, drivers call cfg80211_disconnect().
This doesn't know whether the disconnection was initiated locally
or by the AP though, which can cause problems with the supplicant,
for example with WPS. This issue obviously doesn't show up with any
mac80211 based driver since mac80211 doesn't call this function.
Fix this by requiring drivers to indicate whether the disconnect is
locally generated or not. I've tried to update the drivers, but may
not have gotten the values correct, and some drivers may currently
not be able to report correct values. In case of doubt I left it at
false, which is the current behaviour.
For libertas, make adjustments as indicated by Dan Williams.
Reported-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com>
Tested-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
PCIe full dongle firmware can support a dma indices feature with which
firmware can update/fetch the read/write indices of message buffer
rings on both host to dongle and dongle to host directions. The support is
announced by firmware through shared flags.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
brcmf_dma_flush and brcmf_dma_invalidate_cache are not necessary and
have never been implemented.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All pcie full dongle chips supported by fmac are using rev 5+ shared
structure. This patch removes the rev4 related code.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The tx flow worker in msgbuf gets scheduled at tx till a certain
threshold has been reached. Then the tx completes will take over
the scheduling. When amsdu and ampdu is used the frames are
transferred wireless in a very bulky fashion, in combination
with this scheduling algorithm and buffer limiters in the stack
this can result in limited throughput. This change causes the
flow worker to be scheduled more frequently from tx.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As described in the device tree bindings for 'brcm,bcm4329-fmac'
nodes, the interrupts property is optional. So adding a check
for the presence of this property before attempting to parse
and map the interrupt. If not present or parsing fails return
and fallback to in-band sdio interrupt.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This would ensure dmesg logs are not spammed with "unknown mgmt frame
subtype" messages.
Reviewed-by: James Cameron <quozl@laptop.org>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes typos in drivers/net/wirless/rtlwifi/Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Lo <kevlo@kevlo.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
[ar5008 and ar9002]_hw_spur_mitigate have big portion of identical code.
This patch will move common part of ar5008_hw_spur_mitigate to
ar5008_hw_cmn_spur_mitigate and reuse it in ar9002_hw_spur_mitigate.
As noticed by Joe Perches I reuse ar9002_hw_spur_mitigate (const) version of
declarations for pilot_mask_reg and chan_mask_reg.
There should be no other difference with original code.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several of these drivers have there TX randomly blocked for 3~5 seconds while
measuring tx throughput (iperf). The root couse happens in rtl_pci_flush().
The function uses a while-loop to wait for TX queue length to decrease to 0.
The TX queue length counts the number of packets that are queued in the driver.
The driver relys on the TX OK interrupt to return skb and reduce TX queue length.
The interrupt subroutine disables interupts, reads the interrupt registers, and
then clears the registers in the beginning of _rtl_pci_interrupt(). After all
interupts process are finished, the driver invokes enable_interrupt() to enable
interupts. This behavior is normal for an interrupt subroutine.
But enable_interrupt() invokes clear_interrupt() again. This unexpected interrupt
clearing may cleari me fresh TX OK interrupts. These missing interrupts cause TX
queue length to never reduce to 0i, which causes rtl_pci_flush() to be stuck in
unterminated while-loop.
This patch removes clear_interrupt() in enable_interrupt() to avoid this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Fann <vincent_fann@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was not setting a channel plan. Now it gets it from EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver is converted to use the channel plan in the EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was setting a channel plan for the world. Now it reads it fromi
EEPROM.
In addition, a typo was fixed.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was setting a channel plan for the world. Now it reads it from
EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Driver rtlwifi maintains its own regulatory information, The Chrome Autotest
(https://www.chromium.org/chromium-os/testing/autotest-user-doc)
showed some errors. This patch adds the necessary information for rtlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These are used like:
set_bit(WORK_LINK_UP, &priv->work_pending);
The problem is that set_bit() takes the actual bit number and not a mask
so static checkers get upset. It doesn't affect run time because we do
it consistently, but we may as well clean it up.
Fixes: 6010ce07a6 ('rndis_wlan: do link-down state change in worker thread')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In d8a2c51cdc ('ath9k_htc: Use atomic operations for op_flags') we
changed things like this:
- if (priv->op_flags & OP_TSF_RESET) {
+ if (test_bit(OP_TSF_RESET, &priv->op_flags)) {
The problem is that test_bit() takes a bit number and not a mask. It
means that when we do:
set_bit(OP_TSF_RESET, &priv->op_flags);
Then it sets the (1 << 6) bit instead of the 6 bit so we are setting a
bit which is past the end of the unsigned long.
Fixes: d8a2c51cdc ('ath9k_htc: Use atomic operations for op_flags')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
gcc-5.0 gained a new warning in the fwsignal portion of the brcmfmac
driver:
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/fwsignal.c: In function 'brcmf_fws_txs_process':
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/fwsignal.c:1478:8: warning: 'skb' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
This is a false positive, and marking the brcmf_fws_hanger_poppkt function
as 'static inline' makes the warning go away. I have checked the object
file output and while a little code gets moved around, the size of
the binary remains identical.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added, and the assignments
as well as error checking fixed up.
API conformance testing for completions with coccinelle spatches are being
used to locate API usage inconsistencies:
./drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170/usb.c:675
int return assigned to unsigned long
Patch was compile tested with x86_64_defconfig + CONFIG_ATH_CARDS=m,
CONFIG_CARL9170=m
Patch is against 4.1-rc3 (localversion-next is -next-20150512)
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch changes all debug print functions from dev_dbg/dev_err/dev_info
to mwifiex specific debug functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch is to add support for data hexdump debug feature.
It is controlled by level debug_mask in adapter structure.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for debugging print control in mwifiex driver.
The debug level can be controlled via either by modules load parameter
debug_mask or by writing to debug_mask in debugfs file.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for FW memory read/write operations via debugfs.
This is useful during debugging FW issues.
Examples:
For reading FW memory location:
echo r 0x01ac > /sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/memrw
cat /sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/memrw
For writing FW memory location:
echo w 0x01ac 0x55aa > /sys/kernel/debug/mwifiex/mlan0/memrw
Signed-off-by: Chin-ran Lo <crlo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
During usage of the new Bluetooth driver for Realtek devices, it was found
that BT scans were inhibited for the RTL8723BE when wireless was active. The
exact cause of this interference is not known yet, but a satisfactory work
around has been found that does not seem to have any visible side effects.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <drake@endlessm.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The PCI cache line size value was being compared against decimal values
prefixed with 0x.
Fixed the literals to use the correct hex values.
This has not been tested due to lack of hardware. However, the value in
`cline` is PCI cache line size, which is the CPU's cache line size.
It is less likely for cache line sizes to be 22 or 50, and more likely for
them to be 16 or 32. Also, as far as I understand, cache line size is used for
things like aligning DMA requests with CPU cache line, which improve
performance but wouldn't break anything if the value doesn't match. In
this case, we will fall through to the default case which leaves `reg`
unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Okash Khawaja <okash.khawaja@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes these checkpatch.pl errors around a single switch-case
block:
ERROR: switch and case should be at the same indent
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
More specifically, the fix has been applied to the five occurances of
the errors listed below.
ERROR: switch and case should be at the same indent
#1100: FILE: adm8211.c:1100:
+ switch (cline) {
[...]
+ default: reg |= (0x0 << 14);
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
#1101: FILE: adm8211.c:1101:
+ case 0x8: reg |= (0x1 << 14);
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
#1103: FILE: adm8211.c:1103:
+ case 0x16: reg |= (0x2 << 14);
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
#1105: FILE: adm8211.c:1105:
+ case 0x32: reg |= (0x3 << 14);
ERROR: trailing statements should be on next line
#1107: FILE: adm8211.c:1107:
+ default: reg |= (0x0 << 14);
Signed-off-by: Okash Khawaja <okash.khawaja@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ACPI will manage WiFi chip's power state during suspend/resume
process on some tablet platforms(such as ASUS T100TA). This is
not supported by brcmfmac driver now, and the context of WiFi
chip will be damaged after resume. This patch informs ACPI not
to manage WiFi chip's power state.
Signed-off-by: Zhonghui Fu <zhonghui.fu@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
parameter "infra_mode" of rtl92c_init_beacon_max_error() is not used.
so i remove this.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Initialization routine set REG_BCN_MAX_ERR to 0xFF.
also _rtl92cu_set_media_status set REG_BCN_MAX_ERR to same value.
so i remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A pair of nested spin locks was introduced in commit 63502b8d0
"dp83640: Fix receive timestamp race condition".
Unfortunately the 'flags' parameter was reused for the inner lock,
clobbering the originally saved IRQ state. This patch fixes the issue
by changing the inner lock to plain spin_lock without irqsave.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Callers of the ext_write function are supposed to hold a mutex that
protects the state of the dialed page, but one caller was missing the
lock from the very start, and over time the code has been changed
without following the rule. This patch cleans up the call sites in
violation of the rule.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the calibration function that corrects the initial offsets
among multiple devices only works the first time. If the function is
called more than once, the calibration fails and bogus offsets will be
programmed into the devices.
In a well hidden spot, the device documentation tells that trigger indexes
0 and 1 are special in allowing the TRIG_IF_LATE flag to actually work.
This patch fixes the issue by using one of the special triggers during the
recalibration method.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function, cpsw_intr_disable, already calls cpdma_ctlr_int_ctrl. There
is no need to disable the dma interrupts twice. This patch removes the
extra calls.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function, cpsw_intr_enable, already calls cpdma_ctlr_int_ctrl. There
is no need to enable the dma interrupts twice. This patch removes the
extra call.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The funtions, cpsw_ale_flush and cpsw_ale_set_ageout, have never been used
since they were first introduced. This patch removes the dead code.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having the breaks too far to the left makes parsing the dense switch/case
block unnecessarily harder.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark parameters and local variables as const where possible.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused rocker_port parameter from rocker_port_kfree.
Also remove the rocker_port parameter from callers of rocker_port_kfree
where the parameter it is now unused.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two uses seem to have had carriage returns removed.
Make these entries like all the others in this file.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
API compliance scanning with coccinelle flagged:
Converting milliseconds to jiffies by "val * HZ / 1000" is technically
is not a clean solution as it does not handle all corner cases correctly.
By changing the conversion to use msecs_to_jiffies(val) conversion is
correct in all cases.
in the current code:
mod_timer(&self->rx_defer_timer, jiffies + (10 * HZ / 1000));
for HZ < 100 (e.g. CONFIG_HZ == 64|32 in alpha) this effectively results
in no delay at all.
Patch was compile tested for x86_64_defconfig (implies CONFIG_USB_IRDA=m)
Patch is against 4.1-rc4 (localversion-next is -next-20150522)
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
stmmac DebugFS entries are currently global to the driver. As a result,
having more than one stmmac device in the system creates the following
error:
* ERROR stmmaceth, debugfs create directory failed
* stmmac_hw_setup: failed debugFS registration
This also results in being able to access the debugfs information for
the first registered device only.
This patch changes the debugfs structure to have one sub-directory per
net-device. Files under "/sys/kernel/debug/stmmaceth" will now show-up
under /sys/kernel/debug/stmmaceth/ethN/.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix in send of emac regs dump to ethtool which
causing in wrong data interpretation on ethtool
layer for MII and EMAC.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@ru.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable separate_tx_rx_irq is bool type so assigning true
instead of 1.
Signed-off-by: Shailendra Verma <shailendra.capricorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix firmware name and other things to enable 3165
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect, d0i3)
ssb:
* fix reboot after device reset for WRT350N v1
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVYwxHAAoJEG4XJFUm622bBTwH/RH0Yx5MBK+sD4d16i70d5nh
dbE0wSBy9ZOT6cMVkAqViZg9T+EQ61+Lre7hwNNM6l/NLkTyjyEXB0Not9ERfLc/
E1g4BBHUfg9LUrbufIgWcTZRLewMk7lOBDN22hIcaVYAM6m9QFNwK+qnkFSXNkCq
Pc0aRDWEYHrVvx8A/XYjInrb/oJqT6z7t83lWHbgtJGmCAVsEaqSvdn2badpecHi
xar7PrdvYkXzFyd7xxmXPcvwkiAzKdIDdF3WR+SuS/V7Tk+2Cw5yrBWrIKc3QqtA
+DfIY3Xa9zHHr1SLvoOQ0VooWTsY+RhSdmEbilG0KFOgNnJz3Zm5Abr2mzkvqvA=
=05aZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-05-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
iwlwifi:
* fix firmware name and other things to enable 3165
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect, d0i3)
ssb:
* fix reboot after device reset for WRT350N v1
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for flashing 10GBaseT adapter with BCM 84834 PHY and
Aquantia AQ1202 PHY.
Updating of the PHY firmware must happen before the INITIALIZE_CMD.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While adding support for 7425 PHY in the 7xxx PHY driver, the ID that
was used was actually coming from an external PHY: a BCM5461x. Fix this
by using the proper ID for the internal 7425 PHY and set the
PHY_IS_INTERNAL flag, otherwise consumers of this PHY driver would not
be able to properly identify it as such.
Fixes: d068b02cfd ("net: phy: add BCM7425 and BCM7429 PHYs")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change more netdev_dbg statements over to netif_dbg and add some new
netif_dbg statements to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the ethtool command is used to set the speed of the device while
the device is down, the check to set the initial mode may fail when
the device is brought up, causing failure to bring the device up.
Update the code to set the initial mode based on the desired speed if
auto-negotiation is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device private data structure contains all the defined hardware
features for the device. However one of the features is not set. Even
though the feature is not currently used, set it to avoid future
issues of the feature being checked thinking it has been properly set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* enable channel 144 on 5 GHz
* enable Adaptive Noise Immunity (ANI) by default
* add Wake on Wireless LAN (WOW) patterns support
* add basic Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) support
* add multi-channel support for QCA6174
* enable IBSS RSN support
* enable Bluetooth Coexistance whenever firmware supports it
* add more versatile way to set bitrates used by the firmware
ath9k:
* spectral scan: add support for multiple FFT frames per report
iwlwifi:
* major rework of the scan code (Luca)
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
brcmfmac:
* SDIO suspend and resume fixes
* wiphy band info and changes in regulatory settings
* add support for BCM4324 SDIO and BCM4358 PCIe
* enable support of PCIe devices on router platforms (Hante)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVXbP3AAoJEG4XJFUm622b5KoH/1qlTHsKcyvdxlhQOgYNGCXA
HNMwcxtwFyRYHFeVTGOQp2BVknEoqWTwGv1m4FQ1pBSSwuUvAyw4BHNSRat/zaNc
wLnZgUYKH5VHeoE/cpe/Asowau+u8hru1adPsVSjudTXMinKrNaDUfjSs2U+UR0+
BaC3PtsANk7wH82+bZq3qXYjcaZITObDe3WBmMNMG0nTimS6pScgnTUnfHch+CEA
0sTOlZF+QTGiH/c5tw2SAoRft4OG+oTnWYQ+vEEQsVev7Yegasa/kg4NdDVdjBNk
9VH9aDlQfGgxodCoeJuQCDzUZL8ixnvYTLeUTxqypzx9Cw0TsLDwoMQA+Ux3G8w=
=JSya
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-05-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
ath10k:
* enable channel 144 on 5 GHz
* enable Adaptive Noise Immunity (ANI) by default
* add Wake on Wireless LAN (WOW) patterns support
* add basic Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) support
* add multi-channel support for QCA6174
* enable IBSS RSN support
* enable Bluetooth Coexistance whenever firmware supports it
* add more versatile way to set bitrates used by the firmware
ath9k:
* spectral scan: add support for multiple FFT frames per report
iwlwifi:
* major rework of the scan code (Luca)
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
brcmfmac:
* SDIO suspend and resume fixes
* wiphy band info and changes in regulatory settings
* add support for BCM4324 SDIO and BCM4358 PCIe
* enable support of PCIe devices on router platforms (Hante)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the limitation that disallows configuring single ported VFs
in the presence of IB ports, after addressing the issues that
prevented that to work.
SMI (QP0) requests/responses are still not supported for single
ported IB VFs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's legal for drivers to provide the QP port through the
QPC schedule-queue field on the reset-to-init QP state change.
Add adjusting of the schedule queue port in the SRIOV wrapper
for that operation too.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some VF drivers flow set the schedule queue in the QP context but
without setting none of OPTPAR_SCHED_QUEUE or OPTPAR_PRIMARY_ADDR_PATH.
To allow for such non-modified drivers to function as single ported
IB VFs, we must adjust the schedule queue port whenever being set,
e.g as currently done for single ported Eth VFs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of enabling single ported VFs over IB ports we need to handle
some of the flows for generting EQ events for VFs which don't come
into play under Eth ports.
This mainly includes port management events derived from changes of the
phyiscal port (lid change, client re-register, down/up, etc), VF pkey table
changes and VF guid changes initiated by the IB driver.
(1) make sure that events are generated only for VFs sitting on
the relevant physical port (under the ALL_SLAVES flow).
(2) before generating the event, convert from physical (one or two)
to VF port (always equals one).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Single port VFs always provide port = 1 (even if the actual physical
port used is port 2). As such, we need to convert the port provided
by the VF to the physical port before calling into the firmware.
It turns out that the Linux mlx4 VF RoCE driver maintains a copy of
the GID table and hence this change became critical only for single
ported IB VFs, but it could be needed for other RoCE VF drivers too.
Fixes: 449fc48866 ('net/mlx4: Adapt code for N-Port VF')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the Zynq TRM, gigabit half duplex is not supported. Add a
new cap and compatible string so Zynq can avoid advertising that mode.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx_curr_frame_payload field is u32. When we try to calculate a
small negative delta based on it, we end up with a positive integer
close to 2^32 instead. So the tx_bytes pointer increases by about
2^32 for every transmitted frame.
Fix by calculating the delta as a signed long.
Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Reported-by: Florian Bruhin <me@the-compiler.org>
Fixes: 7a1e890e21 ("usbnet: Fix tx_bytes statistic running backward in cdc_ncm")
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some firmware revisions pad 4th hw address in
Native Wifi Rx decap. This is the case with 10.x
and it was assumed that this is true for all
firmware images.
However QCA988X with 999.999.0.636 and QCA61X4
with WLAN.RM.2.0-00088 don't have the padding.
Hence add a feature flag indicating that the
padding isn't present so firmware images can
advertise it appropriately. This way driver will
behave as it was before with old firmware blobs
and doesn't cause any regressions from user
perspective.
Effectively this patch enables QCA988X with
999.999.0.636 and QCA61X4 with WLAN.RM.2.0-00088
to set up client bridging provided user has an
updated firmware blob.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
By using SOC_WAKE register it is possible to bring
down power consumption of QCA61X4 from 36mA to
16mA when associated and idle.
Currently the sleep threshold/grace period is at a
very conservative value of 60ms.
Contrary to QCA61X4 the QCA988X firmware doesn't
have Rx/beacon filtering available for client mode
and SWBA events are used for beaconing in AP/IBSS
so the SoC needs to be woken up at least every
~100ms in most cases. This means that QCA988X
is at a disadvantage and the power consumption
won't drop as much as for QCA61X4.
Due to putting irq-safe spinlocks on every MMIO
read/write it is expected this can cause a little
performance regression on some systems. I haven't
done any thorough measurements but some of my
tests don't show any extreme degradation.
The patch removes some explicit pci_wake calls
that were added in 320e14b8db51aa ("ath10k: fix
some pci wake/sleep issues"). This is safe because
all MMIO accesses are now wrapped and the device
is woken up automatically if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mac80211 can update vif powersave state while
disconnected. Firmware doesn't behave nicely and
consumes more power than necessary if PS is
disabled on a non-started vdev. Hence
force-enable PS for non-running vdevs.
This reduces power drain on QCA61X4 from 88mA to
36mA when interface is up and not associated.
QCA988X wasn't measured.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is actually safe to enable ASPM after the
device is booted up.
This reduces power drain of QCA61X4 when driver is
simply loaded (no interface is up) from 31mA to
14mA. QCA988X wasn't measured but doesn't seem to
regress in any other way.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix format specifier used for dma_addr_t, namely use %pad
Debug print virtual address for the same buffer as well.
Fixes: dc16427bbe ("wil6210: Add pmc debug mechanism memory management")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect,
d0i3)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJVXjWLAAoJEC0Llv5uNjIBQdYP+wboaEtiiVJOK3Z3/Y5LplXZ
IysrB7LHqNc+y4A4bdrJLJZ4h8Hc+4q+pEBrm+x7zIm9KxLR4eRfpvI6aPKcP6lQ
2yzdPCXsYYRZM/a/+Icq68hgtveBpnflpELH6b/0mwfQziaisgbTsjISugu3wrcD
ffTXou/tFq1iJjFowb6Wy/ajviyS3r0QYdAwF0b2iP2cJ9J8QuFrrEHuLHWgLl8l
bMI8hg/jWeKWQU4wQZ0o359tCDrGrtg9UZx0e3p9rdnJ351zYfdiij7hrfwjKsSX
WUA0b+d96ALLh7TEpjH6nA7pd4++Sm1/Rv4qE+rV7ZzijxwAxoZ2xbATFJoNwPHB
/+6RKadUhvad35C7w3t1lXq8/ug+L/E7Y5Cw1/CCiLKr7IcEuwsyz9Z2d4S+k0mZ
QRGdmPAq3bf3SYBcFD+UxBsl+RkUJwUQFqQgWE7b2GwZkgcZkou6JzqyfR2Lf6nU
mtbhKqGGiVjTx8OVr+aNsjOJA0g+tLOnjHd3QZu2pByFgOAT/5ctrwh8UzP7DLBd
hrbFb6DbzN32eEvR9fx5/wB8wI4BKmDA42jB/Laj69fjP+JzIKEk+byCOTBSU81E
JkjLE+caBtQN3TLSnofgpbTuGdfAKqOG/BPvY2VIszg/Xwc9W0FExhVvwh9aBwil
gttrhGMb2S9/yqWcH6lq
=bz0b
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-05-21' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* fix firmware name and other things to enable 3165
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect,
d0i3)
Since the caller already check the presence of a of_node there
is no need to repeat the check in stmmac_probe_config_dt.
There is also no point in checking the return value of the
of_match_device function since if there wasn't match in the
first place we would never be in this function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since stmmac_dvr_probe takes care of setting driver data and
assign resources to the priv structure there is no need to
access the priv structure from the other probe functions.
This mean that this function can be changed into just return
an int and thus simplifying the callers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creat a struct that contain all the resources that needs to be
assigned to the priv struct in stmmac_dvr_probe. This makes it
possible to factor out more common code from the other probe
functions and also use this struct to hold the resources as
they are fetched.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move setting of driver data into stmmac_dvr_probe so the
other probe functions don't have to. This will help to
simplify the other probe functions later.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some T4/T5 registers that were included incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a set_mac_address() NIC-type function for EF10 only, and
use this to set the MAC address on the vadaptor. For Siena and
earlier, the MAC address continues to be set by MC_CMD_SET_MAC;
this is still called on EF10, and including a MAC address in
this command has no effect.
The sriov_mac_address_changed() NIC-type function is no longer
needed on EF10, but it is needed for Siena where it is used to
update the peer address of the PF for VFDI. Change this to use
the new set_mac_address function pointer.
efx_ef10_sriov_mac_address_changed() is no longer called, as VFs
will try to change the MAC address on their vadaptor rather than
trying to change to the context of the PF to alter the vport.
When a VF is running in direct passthrough mode with MAC spoofing
enabled, it will be able to change the MAC address on its vadaptor.
In this case, there is a link to the PF, so find the correct VF in
its ef10_vf array and update the MAC address.
ndo_set_mac_address() can be called during driver unload while
bonding, and in this case the device has already been stopped, so
don't call efx_net_open() to restart it after reconfiguration.
efx->port_enabled is set to false in efx_stop_port(), so it is
indicator of whether the device needs to be restarted.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Exercised with
"ip link set <PF intf> vf <vf_i> state {auto|enable|disable}"
Sets the reporting policy for VF link state to either
- mirror physical link state
- always up
- always down
get VF link state mode in efx_ef10_sriov_get_vf_config
Exercised by
"ip link show <PF intf>";
output will include a line like
vf 0 MAC 12:34:56:78:9a:bc, link-state auto
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The max vlan tags that can be offloaded is 2, including any upstream VLAN
aggregator. Currently there is no way for the net driver to know whether
the upstream vswitch (if any) is using vlan tags, so there is no way to
know how many tags we can request.
Along with the implementation for the ndo_set_vf_vlan callback, this patch
also adds 2 VLAN tags for the driver created VEB switch if possible, that
way it is possible to offload as many tags as are allowed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we do an entity reset when we detect an MC reboot.
This messes up SRIOV because it leaves VFs orphaned. The extra
reset is rather redundant anyway, since the MC reboot will have
basically reset everything.
This change replaces the entity reset after MC reboot with a
simpler datapath reset that reallocates resources but doesn't
perform the entity reset.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnetlink calls ndo_get_vf_config when compiling information
about a network interface, so that the VFs associated with a PF
can be listed (eg: ip link show).
Implement a response to this entry point and return PF-set MAC
address for VF in ndo_get_vf_config
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a response to this entrypoint.
The ndo_set_vf_mac() entrypoint is only exposed in the driver if
CONFIG_SFC_SRIOV is defined.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to avoid MC bugs the flags field needs to be set to 0.
Instead of explicitly clearing out the flags individually, a
better way to do this is to memset the MCDI_BUF to 0.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A VF's MAC address is set by its parent PF and added to its vport.
To get this MAC address, the VF must use MC_CMD_ VPORT_GET_MAC_ADDRESSES.
In the current scheme, a VF's vport should only have one MAC address,
so warn if this is not the case.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If MCDI timeouts are encountered during efx_ef10_filter_table_remove(),
an FLR will be queued, but efx->filter_state will still be kfree()d.
The queued FLR will then call efx_ef10_filter_table_restore(), which
will try to use efx->filter_state. This previously caused a panic.
This patch adds an rwsem to protect the existence of efx->filter_state,
separately from the spinlock protecting its contents. Users which can
race against efx_ef10_filter_table_remove() should down_read this rwsem.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialised in efx_probe_vf and removal is dealt with in
efx_ef10_remove.
vf->efx is needed in future patches to change the MAC address
of the VF via the parent PF, while the driver is bound to the
VF.
Example: ip link set dev vf NUM mac LLADDR
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise the PF and VF can disagree on the VF's MAC address and
this leads to strange behaviour, up to and including kernel panics.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added function efx_ef10_get_vf_index to store the vf_index
in nic_data during probe
vf_index is needed in future patches to access a particular
VF in the VF data structure.
Moved efx_ef10_probe_pf and efx_ef10_probe_vf in order to
used efx_ef10_remove
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_SET_MAC is privileged and can only by called by the link
control function.
This patch adds efx_ef10_mac_reconfigure_vf which avoids the call
to MC_CMD_SET_MAC by the Virtual function
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is one primary function per adaptor, one link control function
per port and the rest as categorised as general.
This patch adds privileges to the MCDI commands based on which
functions are allowed to call them.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also matches with the sibling call netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align() made in
rx fast path.
Signed-off-by: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
30 usecs (or really, 1 jiffy) can go by pretty fast.
Move the set of the timeout immediately before the loop.
Remove the unnecessary max(1ul, usecs_to_jiffies(30)) as
usecs_to_jiffies with a non-zero constant is guaranteed
to be non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The motivation for this is that rocker_port_internal_vlan_id_{get,put} appear
to only partially implement the transaction model: memory allocation
and freeing is transactional, but hash and bitmap manipulation is not.
The latter could be fixed, however, as it is not currently exercised
due to trans always being SWITCHDEV_TRANS_NONE it seems cleaner
to make rocker_port_internal_vlan_id_get non-transactional.
This problem was introduced by c4f20321d9 ("rocker: support
prepare-commit transaction model").
Found by inspection.
I do not believe that this change should have any run-time effect.
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker_port_ipv4_nh() and in turn rocker_port_ipv4_neigh() may be
be called with trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_PREPARE and then
trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_COMMIT from switchdev_port_obj_set() via
fib_table_insert().
The first time that rocker_port_ipv4_nh() is called, with
trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_PREPARE, _rocker_neigh_add() adds a new entry to
the neigh table.
And the second time rocker_port_ipv4_nh() is called, with
trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_COMMIT, that entry is found. This causes
rocker_port_ipv4_nh() to believe it is not adding an entry and thus it
frees "entry", which is still present in rocker driver's neigh table.
This problem does not appear to affect deletion as my analysis is that
deletion is always performed with trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_NONE.
For completeness _rocker_neigh_{add,del,prepare} are updated not to
manipulate fib table entries if trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_PREPARE.
Fixes: c4f20321d9 ("rocker: support prepare-commit transaction model")
Reported-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the generic mechanism to declare a bitmap instead of unsigned long.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qos_seq points (to a struct) inside the command response data.
Make sure to free the response only after qos_seq is not
needed anymore.
Reported-by: Heng Luo <heng.luo@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are buses that can't handle ASYNC command without
copying them. Duplicate the host command instead.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Take the MAC address from the OTP even if one is present in
the NVM, if that MAC address happens to be a reserved one.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
fw_status is the only pointer pointing to a block of memory
allocated above and should be freed after use.
Note: this come from Klockwork static analyzer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.19+]
Fixes: 2021a89d7b ("iwlwifi: mvm: treat netdetect wake up separately")
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since firmware version 0.2 we use AACK handling directly in the firmware.
Inform the stack that the hardware supports and uses it.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Together with mainlining the driver we released a first public binary version
of the device firmware. This is version 0.2. With this change we warn users
who run outdated versions of the firmware. While we have not seen problems
with it yet (thus no error, but a warning only) it would be better to run the
released and tested firmware. You can find released versions here:
http://downloads.qi-hardware.com/people/werner/wpan/web/
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is an alternative way of fixing:
commit db9683fb41 ("net: phy: Make sure PHY_RESUMING state change
is always processed")
When the PHY state transitions from PHY_HALTED to PHY_RESUMING, there are
two things we need to do:
1). Re-enable interrupts (and power up the physical link, if powered down)
2). Update the PHY state and net-device based on the link status.
There's no strict reason why #1 has to be done from within the main
phy_state_machine() function. There is a risk that other changes to the
PHY (e.g. setting speed/duplex, which calls phy_start_aneg()) could cause
a subsequent state transition before phy_state_machine() has processed
the PHY_RESUMING state change. This would leave the PHY with interrupts
disabled and/or still in the BMCR_PDOWN/low-power mode.
Moving enabling the interrupts and phy_resume() into phy_start() will
guarantee this work always gets done. As the PHY is already in the HALTED
state and interrupts are disabled, it shouldn't conflict with any work
being done in phy_state_machine(). The downside of this change is that if
the PHY_RESUMING state is ever entered from anywhere else, it'll also have
to repeat this work.
Signed-off-by: Tim Beale <tim.beale@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add missing values for at86rf212 ed level values. Currently
there are 15 values and the register setting supports 16 different ed
level values.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Craig Younkins <craig@freshtemp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
replace ntoh{s,l} and hton{s,l} calls with the generic byteorder in
cxgb4/t4_hw.c file
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hwmon interface in the be2net driver causes a link error when
be2net is built-in while the hwmon subsystem is a loadable module:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `be_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c:5761: undefined reference to `devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups'
This adds a new Kconfig symbol, following the example of multiple
other drivers that have the same problem. The new CONFIG_BE2NET_HWMON
will not be available when (BE2NET=y && HWMON=m) to avoid this
problem.
We have to also mark be_hwmon_show_temp as 'static' to ensure the
compiler can optimize out all the unused code.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 29e9122b3a ("be2net: Export board temperature using hwmon-sysfs interface.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch just cleanups the code at several places.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch will add async xmit support for the fakelb driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the fakelb_hw_deliver function by removing them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds reset defaults for the fakelb phy. I used the channel 13
and page 0 which is the same default like at86rf233.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an own phy attribute for page and channel into
fakelb_phy. The current way is to use the internal mac802154 stored phy
pib values which can occur in locking issues while using it inside the
driver layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a fakelb ifup phys list, which stores all
registered phys which are in an operated mode. This will reduce the
iterations of non-operated phys while transmit frames. There exists two
locks now, one rwlock for the operated interfaces and the spinlock for
protecting the list for all registered virtual phys.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The list need to be protected while iteration which is need when other
list iterates at the same time over this list.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the fakelb list of all registered phy's in a static
declaration in the fakelb driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the rwlock declarition into a static variable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A real phy don't transmit the transmitted frame back to the phy. This
behaviour will confuse the 6LoWPAN and the upper IPv6 neighbour
discovery cache. We need now at least two virtual phy's to creating a
virtual wpan network.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames fakelb_dev_priv to fakelb_phy. We don't faking
devices here, we fake wpan phys. This avoids also confusing with the
variable priv, which is used several times in this driver to represent
this structure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Iterate and removing items from a list, we should use
list_for_each_entry_safe instead list_for_each_entry to avoid accidents
by removing.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the default virtual wpan phys of fakelb driver from
one to two. To have one virtual phy makes no sense, because it need at
least two virtual phy's to speak to each other.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the atusb transceiver.
The current driver supports basic functionality only. Possible further
tasks would be to sync functionality with the at86rf230 driver, because
the atusb use internally an at86rf231 transceiver. Some of these
features need a firmware update like AACK and ARET handling.
I did small changes to this driver to work with xmit_async callback and
setting of a random extended perm address.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Cc: Richard Sharpe <realrichardsharpe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix the complete callback for going into aret on. Currently
we starting after a state change into aret on again a state change into
aret on which is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
fakelb_hw_deliver creates a copy of the skb's header which can
potentially return NULL so we now check for this before actually
delivering to the 802.15.4 MAC layer.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <martin.townsend@xsilon.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the reset states for tx power levels after running reset
procedure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds reset values for cca ed level values after running reset
procedure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch reworks the cca energy detection level handling. This
contains a calculation which works on all transceiver types and
add support for dump cca energy detection levels.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for get transmit power levels and reworks the
set of transmit power levels which was broken before.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch sets the at86rf230 supported cca modes. In case of at86rf212
it also can support listen before transmit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a flag property for the wpan phy structure.
The current flag settings in ieee802154_hw are accessable in mac802154
layer only which is okay for flags which indicates MAC handling which
are done by phy. For real PHY layer settings like cca mode, transmit
power, cca energy detection level.
The difference between these flags are that the MAC handling flags are
only handled in mac802154/HardMac layer e.g. on an interface up. The phy
settings are direct netlink calls from nl802154 into the driver layer
and the nl802154 need to have a chance to check if the driver supports
this handling before sending to the next layer.
We also check now on PHY flags while dumping and setting pib attributes.
In comparing with MIB attributes the 802.15.4 gives us an default value
which we assume when a transceiver implement less functionality. In case
of MIB settings the nl802154 layer doesn't need to check on the
ieee802154_hw flags then.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce the wpan_phy_supported struct for wpan_phy. There
is currently no way to check if a transceiver can handle IEEE 802.15.4
complaint values. With this struct we can check before if the
transceiver supports these values before sending to driver layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the handling of cca energy detection level from dbm to
mbm. This prepares to handle floating point cca energy detection levels
values. The old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for
handling backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the handling of transmit power level from dbm to mbm.
This prepares to handle floating point transmit power levels values. The
old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for handling
backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the transmit power from s8 to s32. This prepares to store a
mbm value instead dbm inside the transmit power variable. The old
interface keep the a s8 dbm value, which should be backward compatibility
when assign s8 to s32.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By inspection, this appears to be a typo. The gating comparison
involves vxlan->dev rather than dev. In fact, dev is the iterator in
the preceding loop above but it is actually constant in the 2nd loop.
Use of dev seems to be a bad cut-n-paste from the prior call to
unregister_netdevice_queue. Change dev to vxlan->dev, since that is
what is actually being checked.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We expect that MC_CMD_SRIOV will fail if the card has no VFs configured.
So output a readable message instead of a cryptic MCDI error.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MoCA interfaces require the use of an user-space daemon (mocad) which
will typically use cmd->autoneg to force the link. This is causing other
network manager applications not to get proper carrier down
notifications because of the following sequence of events:
- link down interrupt is received, link is set to 0 by the interrupt
handler
- fixed_link update callback runs and updates the BMSR register
accordingly
- PHY library polls the PHY for link status, sees the link is down,
proceeds with reporting that
- mocad gets notified of the link state and call phy_ethtool_sset()
with cmd->autoneg set to the link status (0)
- phy_start_aneg() is called at the end of phy_ethtool_sset() and sets
the PHY state to PHY_FORCING
Just make sure we notify the interface carrier appropriately when we
detect that the link is down in our fixed_link update callback. This is
made local to the bcm_sf2 driver as the PHY library does the right thing
in any case. This is similar to the GENET change introduced in
54d7c01d3e ("net: bcmgenet: enable MoCA
link state change detection").
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the struct netvsc_stats has a member s_sync
of type u64_stats_sync.
This definition will break kernel build as the macro
netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats requires this member name to be syncp.
(see netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats definition in ./include/linux/netdevice.h)
This patch changes netvsc_stats's member name from s_sync to syncp to fix
the build break.
Signed-off-by: Simon Xiao <sixiao@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- introduce port fdb obj and generic switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump()
- use switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump in rocker/team/bonding ndo ops.
- add support for fdb obj in switchdev_port_obj_add/del/dump()
- switch rocker to implement fdb ops via switchdev_ops
v3: updated to sync with named union changes.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the patch, the command 'ip link add bond2 type bond mode 802.3ad'
causes the kernel to send a rtnl message for the bond2 interface, with an
ifindex 0.
'ip monitor' shows:
0: bond2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 state DOWN group default
link/ether 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
9: bond2@NONE: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN group default
link/ether ea:3e:1f:53:92:7b brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[snip]
The patch fixes the spotted bug by checking in bond driver if the interface
is registered before calling the notifier chain.
It also adds a check in rtmsg_ifinfo() to prevent this kind of bug in the
future.
Fixes: d4261e5650 ("bonding: create netlink event when bonding option is changed")
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reported-by: Julien Meunier <julien.meunier@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If phy_start_aneg() was called while the phydev is in the PHY_RESUMING
state, then its state would immediately transition to PHY_AN (or
PHY_FORCING). This meant the phy_state_machine() never processed the
PHY_RESUMING state change, which meant interrupts weren't enabled for the
PHY. If the PHY used low-power mode (i.e. using BMCR_PDOWN), then the
physical link wouldn't get powered up again.
There seems no point for phy_start_aneg() to make the PHY_RESUMING -->
PHY_AN transition, as the state machine will do this anyway. I'm not sure
about the case where autoneg is disabled, as my patch will change
behaviour so that the PHY goes to PHY_NOLINK instead of PHY_FORCING. An
alternative solution would be to move the phy_config_interrupt() and
phy_resume() work out of the state machine and into phy_start().
The background behind this: we're running linux v3.16.7 and from user-space
we want to enable the eth port (i.e. do a SIOCSIFFLAGS ioctl with the
IFF_UP flag) and immediately afterward set the interface's speed/duplex.
Enabling the interface calls .ndo_open() then phy_start() and the PHY
transitions PHY_HALTED --> PHY_RESUMING. Setting the speed/duplex ends up
calling phy_ethtool_sset(), which calls phy_start_aneg() (meanwhile the
phy_state_machine() hasn't processed the PHY_RESUMING state change yet).
Signed-off-by: Tim Beale <tim.beale@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can be useful to debug the PHY state machine, add dynamic debug
prints of the old and new PHY devices state under a friendly format.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RGMII interfaces come in multiple flavors: RGMII with transmit or
receive internal delay, no delays at all, or delays in both direction.
This change extends the initial check for PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII to
cover all of these variants since EEE should be allowed for any of these
modes, since it is a property of the RGMII, hence Gigabit PHY capability
more than the RGMII electrical interface and its delays.
Fixes: a59a4d1921 ("phy: add the EEE support and the way to access to the MMD registers")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we get a neighbour through looking up arp cache or creating a
new one in rocker_port_ipv4_resolve(), the neighbour's refcount is
already taken. But as we don't put the refcount again after it's
used, this makes the neighbour entry leaked.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we get a neighbour through looking up arp cache or creating a
new one in rocker_port_ipv4_resolve(), the neighbour's refcount is
already taken. But as we don't put the refcount again after it's
used, this makes the neighbour entry leaked.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The underlying device support will set the device dma_mask pointer
if DMA is set up properly for the device. Remove the check for and
assignment of dma_mask when it is null. Instead, just error out if
the dma_set_mask_and_coherent function fails because dma_mask is null.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flow control negotiation logic is flawed and does not properly
advertise and process auto-negotiation of the flow control settings.
Update the flow control support to properly set the flow control
auto-negotiation settings and process the results approrpriately.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the device tree support of the amd-xgbe driver by defining
the PHY-related resources within the ethernet device node. The support
provides backwards compatibility with the original way.
Update the driver version to 1.0.2.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AMD XGBE device is intended to work with a specific integrated PHY
and that PHY is not meant to be a standalone PHY for use by other
devices. As such this patch removes the phylib driver and implements
the PHY support in the amd-xgbe driver (the majority of the logic from
the phylib driver is moved into the amd-xgbe driver).
Update the driver version to 1.0.1.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rework the SKB allocation so that all of the buffers of the first
descriptor are handled in the SKB allocation routine. After copying the
data in the header buffer (which can be just the header if split header
processing succeeded for header plus data if split header processing did
not succeed) into the SKB, check for remaining data in the receive
buffer. If there is data remaining in the receive buffer, add that as a
frag to the SKB. Once an SKB has been allocated, all other descriptors
are added as frags to the SKB.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the network interface message level settings for
determining whether to issue some of the driver messages. Make
use of the netif_* interface where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional/extended statistics beyond what is provided by the
hardware to be reported via ethtool. The new stats focus on the
calls into ndo_start_xmit and the napi_poll routine.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac-generic replaces the driver inside the stmmac
platform code. This turns stmmac platform into a library
used by drivers for common platform driver functions.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new driver around the generic device tree match strings
in the stmmac platform code. This driver is intended to be used
by all platforms that doesn't require any platform specific code
to function or is using platform data.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare the stmmac platform code to support standalone drivers
by exporting the need functions and having of_match_device use
the match table reference already present in the driver struct.
This will allow us to reuse the platform driver functions from
this code easily in other stand alone platform drivers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for Ethernet on NXP LPC18xx and LPC43xx using the
dwmac driver. This glue is required to setup phy interface
mode, MII or RMII, on the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Describe the handler for RXUBR better with a new comment.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Reviewied-by: Josh Cartwright <joshc@ni.com>
Reviewied-by: Ben Shelton <ben.shelton@ni.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few triggers have status = MLME_SUCCESS and they are still
interesting. E.g. if we want to collect data upon deauth,
the status will be MLME_SUCCESS. Fix that.
Fixes: d42f535034 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add trigger for firmware dump upon MLME failures")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Disabling the clocks is a standard procedure while stopping the
device. On family 8000 however, disabling the bus master DMA clock
increases the NIC's power consumption.
To fix this, skip this call if the device family is
IWL_DEVICE_FAMILY_8000.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
3165 really needs to load iwlwifi-7265D-13.ucode. This
device is supported starting from -13.ucode, update the
MIN and OK defines accordingly. While at it, add 3165 to
the device list in the Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Current code does not lock anything when calculating the TX and RX stats.
As a result, the RX and TX data reported by ifconfig are not accuracy in a
system with high network throughput and multiple CPUs (in my test,
RX/TX = 83% between 2 HyperV VM nodes which have 8 vCPUs and 40G Ethernet).
This patch fixed the above issue by using per_cpu stats.
netvsc_get_stats64() summarizes TX and RX data by iterating over all CPUs
to get their respective stats.
This v2 patch addressed David's comments on the cleanup path when
netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats() failed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Xiao <sixiao@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also changes mii_bus.phy_mask to u32 for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a cross-compiler based on gcc-4.9, I see warnings like the following:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c: In function 'mlx4_SW2HW_CQ_wrapper':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c:3048:10: error: 'cq' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
cq->mtt = mtt;
I think the warning is spurious because we only use cq when
cq_res_start_move_to() returns zero, and it always initializes *cq in that
case. The srq case is similar. But maybe gcc isn't smart enough to figure
that out.
Initialize cq and srq explicitly to avoid the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
None of those drivers uses last_rx for its own needs.
See 4dc89133f4 ("net: add a comment on
netdev->last_rx") for reference.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@linaro.org>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Cc: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update mdiobb_read() to read whether the PHY has a broken turn-around,
and if it does, ignore it to make the read succeeed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OS2BMC feature will allow the server to communicate with the on-board
BMC/idrac (Baseboard Management Controller) over the LOM via
standard Ethernet.
When OS2BMC feature is enabled, the LOM will filter traffic coming
from the host. If the destination MAC address matches the iDRAC MAC
address, it will forward the packet to the NC-SI side band interface
for iDRAC processing. Otherwise, it would send it out on the wire to
the external network. Broadcast and multicast packets are sent on the
side-band NC-SI channel and on the wire as well. Some of the packet
filters are not supported in the NIC and hence driver will identify
such packets and will hint the NIC to send those packets to the BMC.
This is done by duplicating packets on the management ring. Packets
are sent to the management ring, by setting mgmt bit in the wrb header.
The NIC will forward the packets on the management ring to the BMC
through the side-band NC-SI channel.
Please refer to this online document for more details,
http://www.dell.com/downloads/global/products/pedge/
os_to_bmc_passthrough_a_new_chapter_in_system_management.pdf
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an error (related to HW or FW) is detected on a function, the driver
must pro-actively report a "link down" to the stack so that a possible
failover can be initiated. This is being done currently only for some
HW errors. This patch reports a "link down" even for fatal FW errors and
EEH errors.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtool statistics is not the right place to display board temperature.
This patch adds support to export die temperature of devices supported
by be2net driver via the sysfs hwmon interface.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bitwise tests are always true here because it uses '|' where '&' is
intended.
Fixes: 98b5a0f4a2 ('net: macb: Add support for jumbo frames')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an initial implementation of a netdev driver for GENEVE
tunnels. This implementation uses a fixed UDP port, and only supports
point-to-point links with specific partner endpoints. Only IPv4
links are supported at this time.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also, remove a needless netif_err() from efx_ptp_update_stats() - if the
MCDI fails it'll print its own error message, we don't need another that
adds no information.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix missing copy_from_user in macvtap SIOCSIFHWADDR ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Justin Cormack <justin@netbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older gcc versions (e.g. gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions
which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj
structs. Fix this by using named union on structs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And let driver convert it to host-byte order as needed.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e2c6544829 moved pm_qos_req to e1000_adapter. Add the header file
that defines the struct.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't do clock-mode-select if clk == NULL,
since when building without CONFIG_HAVE_CLK,
clk_get returns NULL and clk_get_rate returns 0.
Doing clock-mode-select in this cause causes kszphy_probe to
return -EINVAL and thus prevents the device from being probed.
The original code (before regression) would return 0
when building without CONFIG_HAVE_CLK.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.18+
Fixes: 1fadee0c36 ("net/phy: micrel: Add clock support for
KSZ8021/KSZ8031")
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklass@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DMA allocates skb->len instead of headlen
which is used for DMA.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanup few MACROS left out in t4_hw.h to be consistent with the
existing ones. Also replace few hardcoded values with MACROS. Also
update comments for some code
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on the information given to this driver (via the xmit_more skb flag),
we can defer signaling the host if more packets are on the way. This will help
make the host more efficient since it can potentially process a larger batch of
packets. Implement this optimization.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to the TX path, allow the RX path to be configured with both
'rx-frames' and 'rx-usecs' coalescing parameters.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to configure both 'tx-frames' which controls how many frames
are doing to trigger a single interrupt and 'tx-usecs' which dictates how long
to wait before an interrupt should be services.
Since our timer resolution is close to 8.192 us, we round up to the nearest
value the 'tx-usecs' timeout value.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macvtap driver tries to emulate all the ioctls supported by a normal
tun/tap driver, however it was missing the generic SIOCGIFHWADDR and
SIOCSIFHWADDR ioctls to get and set the mac address that are supported
by tun/tap. This patch adds these.
Signed-off-by: Justin Cormack <justin@netbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Well almost clean: ignore the CHECKs for space after cast operator and some
longer-than-80 char cases where for readability it's better to keep as-is.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Roopa said remove the feature flag for this series and she'll work on
bringing it back if needed at a later date.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 FIB ops convert nicely to the switchdev objs and we're left with
only four switchdev ops: port get/set and port add/del. Other objs will
follow, such as FDB. So go ahead and convert IPv4 FIB over to switchdev
obj for consistency, anticipating more objs to come.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rocker, bonding and team and switch over to the new
switchdev_port_bridge_dellink to avoid duplicating code in each driver.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rocker, bonding, and team can now use the switchdev bridge setlink to parse
raw netlink; no need to duplicate this code in each driver.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker: use switchdev get/set attr for bridge port flags
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert
switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set.
For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the
commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to
allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW
(unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the
prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For rocker, support prepare-commit transaction model for setting attributes
(and for adding objects). This requires rocker to preallocate memory
needed for the commit up front in the prepare phase. Since rtnl_lock is
held between prepare-commit, store the allocated memory on a queue hanging
off of the rocker_port. Also, in prepare phase, do everything right up to
calling into HW. The same code paths are tranversed in the driver for both
prepare and commit phases. In some cases, any state modified in the
prepare phase must be reverted before returning so the commit phase makes
the same decisions.
As a consequence of holding rtnl_lock in process context for all attr sets
(and obj adds), all memory is GFP_KERNEL allocated and we don't need to
busy spin waiting for the device to complete the command. So the bulk of
this patch is simplifying the memory allocations to only use GFP_KERNEL and
to remove the nowait flag and busy spin loop.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op
switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr.
Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only
port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can
only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change updates igb so that it will correctly perform the descriptor
count calculation. Previously it was taking NETDEV_FRAG_PAGE_MAX_SIZE
into account with isn't really correct since a different value is used to
determine the size of the pages used for TCP. That is actually determined
by SKB_FRAG_PAGE_ORDER.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use one return statement instead of two to simplify the code.
Both are returning the same value.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This enables the ethtool's "-d" and "--register-dump"
options for fec devices.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After receiving a PADT and the socket is closed, user space will no
longer drop the reference to the pppoe device.
This leads to errors like this:
[ 488.570000] unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0.2 to become free. Usage count = 2
Fixes: 287f3a943f ("pppoe: Use workqueue to die properly when a PADT is received")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx clear count reported in wmi_chan_info_event is actually channel_busy_count
not rx_frame_count. Send rx_clear_count through time_busy of survey_info
and set SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY in filled.
iw wlan0 survey dump
urvey data from wlan0
frequency: 5180 MHz [in use]
noise: -103 dBm
channel active time: 150 ms
channel busy time: 22 ms
Survey data from wlan0
frequency: 5200 MHz
noise: -102 dBm
channel active time: 146 ms
channel busy time: 0 ms
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Registering the netdev before setting the priv data is unsafe.
So fix this possible race by setting the priv data first.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.18+
Fixes: 291ab06e (net: qualcomm: new Ethernet over SPI driver for QCA7000)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds netlink support for the following bonding options:
* BOND_OPT_AD_ACTOR_SYS_PRIO
* BOND_OPT_AD_ACTOR_SYSTEM
* BOND_OPT_AD_USER_PORT_KEY
When setting the actor system mac address we assume the netlink message
contains a binary mac and not a string representation of a mac.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
[jt: completed the setting side of the netlink attributes]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port key has three components - user-key, speed-part, and duplex-part.
The LSBit is for the duplex-part, next 5 bits are for the speed while the
remaining 10 bits are the user defined key bits. Get these 10 bits
from the user-space (through the SysFs interface) and use it to form the
admin port-key. Allowed range for the user-key is 0 - 1023 (10 bits). If
it is not provided then use zero for the user-key-bits (default).
It can set using following example code -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# usr_port_key=$(( RANDOM & 0x3FF ))
# echo $usr_port_key > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_user_port_key
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* fixed up context from change in ad_actor_sys_prio patch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an AD system, the communication between actor and partner is the
business between these two entities. In the current setup anyone on the
same L2 can "guess" the LACPDU contents and then possibly send the
spoofed LACPDUs and trick the partner causing connectivity issues for
the AD system. This patch allows to use a random mac-address obscuring
it's identity making it harder for someone in the L2 is do the same thing.
This patch allows user-space to choose the mac-address for the AD-system.
This mac-address can not be NULL or a Multicast. If the mac-address is set
from user-space; kernel will honor it and will not overwrite it. In the
absence (value from user space); the logic will default to using the
masters' mac as the mac-address for the AD-system.
It can be set using example code below -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_mac_addr=$(printf '%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x' \
$(( (RANDOM & 0xFE) | 0x02 )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )))
# echo $sys_mac_addr > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_system
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows user to randomize the system-priority in an ad-system.
The allowed range is 1 - 0xFFFF while default value is 0xFFFF. If user
does not specify this value, the system defaults to 0xFFFF, which is
what it was before this patch.
Following example code could set the value -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_prio=$(( 1 + RANDOM + RANDOM ))
# echo $sys_prio > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_sys_prio
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* changed how the default value is set in bond_check_params(), this
makes the default consistent between what gets set for a new bond
and what the default is claimed to be in the bonding options.]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spectral scan supported by ath10k has capability to monitor and report
through whole bands and channels, but current buffer size is too small
to save reported spectral scan data.
This results in dropping 5G channel reports at all when dual band card
is used, so that users are not able to analyze spectral environments.
Hence increase the buffer size to fix the problem.
A spectral data size is vary based on the number of bins, so the unit
buffer size, 1140, is chose to minimize relay buffer fragmentation.
The total buffer size is also chose in tradeoff with spectral scan
support vs. kernel memory consumption.
Since theoretical maximum buffer size, 9.5MB, can be consumed with
512 bins in dual bands, we target to cover up to 128 bins for all
channels in dual bands and due to the buffer size limitation,
spectral scan with bin number bigger than 128 needs to be run on
single band each.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In preparation for changing how struct net is refcounted
on kernel sockets pass the knowledge that we are creating
a kernel socket from sock_create_kern through to sk_alloc.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need for tun to do the weird network namespace refcounting.
The existing network namespace refcounting in tfile has almost exactly
the same lifetime. So rewrite the code to use the struct sock network
namespace refcounting and remove the unnecessary hand rolled network
namespace refcounting and the unncesary tfile->net.
This change allows the tun code to directly call sock_put bypassing
sock_release and making SOCK_EXTERNALLY_ALLOCATED unnecessary.
Remove the now unncessary tun_release so that if anything tries to use
the sock_release code path the kernel will oops, and let us know about
the bug.
The macvtap code already uses it's internal socket this way.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bus id was supplied via a struct platform_device, the driver wasn't
handling -1 to mean an unspecified id of the only instance of this driver,
as the platform spec requires.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 12a8541d5c "bnx2x: Delay during kdump load" added a 5 seconds
delay to bnx2x's probe function in the kdump case to let the firmware
realize the old driver is gone.
The problem with the delay is that it is per-device, so if you have
several bnx2x NICs in NPAR mode, the delays can accumulate to minutes.
Fix it by adjusting the delay so that we do not wait more than
necessary, i.e. no more delaying after 5 seconds of kernel boot time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All spi based drivers have an instance of struct spi_device
as spi. This patch renames spi_device to spi to synchronize
with all the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are devices that forbid MIMO by the mean of the NVM.
Detect thoses devices and forbid MIMO otherwise the firmware
would crash. STBC is still allowed on these devices.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-05-07
This series contains updates to igb only.
Toshiaki provides two fixes for igb, first fixes an issue when changing
the number of rings by ethtool which causes oops because of uninitialized
pointers. The second fix resolves a typo where tx_ring was used instead
of the desired rx_ring.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a following commit, a new function will be introduced to only lookup for
a nsid (no allocation if the nsid doesn't exist). To avoid confusion, the
existing function is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dcJu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.2-20150506' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-05-06
this is a pull request of a seven patches for net-next/master.
Andreas Gröger contributes two patches for the janz-ican3 driver. In
the first patch, the documentation for already existing sysfs entries
is added, the second patch adds support for another module/firmware
variant. A patch by Shawn Landden makes the padding in the struct
can_frame explicit. The next 4 patches target the flexcan driver, the
first one is by David Jander adding some documentation, the reaming
three by me add more documentation and two small code cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add macb_change_mtu callback; if jumbo frame support is present allow
mtu size changes upto (jumbo max length allowed - headers).
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable jumbo frame support for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC.
Update the NWCFG register and descriptor length masks accordingly.
Jumbo max length register should be set according to support in SoC; it is
set to 10240 for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add compatible string and config structure for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use device flag IFF_LIVE_ADDR_CHANGE to signal that
the device supports changing the hardware address when
the device is running.
This allows eth_mac_addr() to change the mac address
also when the network device's interface is open.
This capability is required by certain applications,
like bonding mode 6 (Adaptive Load Balancing).
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle TxFIFO underrun exceptions outside the fast path.
A controller reset is more reliable in this exceptional
case, as opposed to re-enabling on-the-fly the Tx DMA.
As the controller reset is handled outside the fast path
by the reset_gfar() workqueue handler, the locking
scheme on the Tx path is significantly simplified.
Because the Tx processing (xmit queues and tx napi) is
disabled during controller reset, tstat access from xmit
does not require locking. So the scope of the txlock on
the processing path is now reduced to num_txbdfree, which
is shared only between process context (xmit) and softirq
(clean_tx_ring). As a result, the txlock must not guard
against interrupt context, and the spin_lock_irqsave()
from xmit can be replaced by spin_lock_bh(). Likewise,
the locking has been downgraded for clean_tx_ring().
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=oUlh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next for this cycle. As usual, we have
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
transfer_buffer_length is of type u32. It's therefore wrong to assign it
to a signed integer. This patch avoids the overflow.
It's worth noting that entry->length here is a long; perhaps it would be
beneficial at somepoint to change this to be unsigned as well, if
nothing else relies on its signedness for error conditions or the like.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch should have been part of the previous patch having the
same summary. See http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=143039470103795&w=2
Unfortunately, I didn't check to see where else this lock was used before
submitting that patch. This should take care of it for netxen_nic, as I
did a thorough search this time.
To recap from the original patch; although testing this driver with
DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled did not produce any traces,
it would be more prudent in the case of tx_clean_lock to use _bh
versions of spin_[un]lock, since this lock is manipulated in both
the process and softirq contexts.
This patch was tested for functionality and regressions with netperf
and DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tony Camuso <tcamuso@redhat.com>
Acked-By: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-By: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements t4_init_rss_mode() to initialize the rss_mode for all the ports. If
Tunnel All Lookup isn't specified in the global RSS Configuration, then we need
to specify a default Ingress Queue for any ingress packets which aren't hashed.
We'll use our first ingress queue.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use be_virtfn() to determine a VF instead of !be_physfn() for better
readability.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code in be_check_ufi_compatibility() checks to see if a UFI file meant
for a lower rev of a chip is being flashed on a higher rev, which is
disallowed. This patch re-writes the code needed for this check in a much
simpler manner.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an RXQ is created in be_open(), the driver currently posts only
64 buffers. This sometimes results in packet drops when there is a traffic
burst as soon as the interface is enabled.
This patch fixes this problem by posting the full RXQ on interface enable.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the FW runs out of vlan filters it can either return an
INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES error or an INSUFFICIENT_VLANS error.
The driver currently checks only for the former error value.
This patch adds a check for the latter value too.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently pkts with L3 or L4 errors received on PFs are not dropped
by the adapter, but instead sent to the stack. This helps the network stack
to better reflect error statistics. This was not being done on BE3 VFs.
This patch fixes this for BE3 VFs.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently adaptive interrupt moderation is set by calculating
and configuring an EQ-delay every second. This is done via
a FW-cmd. But, on Skyhawk-R a "re-arm to interrupt" delay
can be set while ringing the EQ-DB. This patch uses this
facility to calculate and set the interrupt delay every 1ms.
This helps moderating interrupts better when the traffic
is bursty.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for spoofchk configuration for VFs.
When it is enabled, "spoof checking" is done for both MAC-address and VLAN.
For each VF, the HW ensures that the source MAC address (or vlan) of
every outgoing packet exists in the MAC-list (or vlan-list) configured
for RX filtering for that VF. If not, the packet is dropped and an error
is reported to the driver in the TX completion; this is reflected in the
"tx_spoof_check_err" ethtool counter.
This feature is supported in Skyhawk FW version 10.6.31.0 and above.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The xgene_enet driver is only useful on X-Gene SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Cc: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Cc: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The amd-xgbe driver currently only works with the Seattle SoC, which
is ARM64 architecture, so there is no point in building this driver on
other architectures except for build testing purpose. The dependency
list can be updated later if the driver ever supports other
architectures.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the device ID of the VF to the PCI device ID table.
Added a boolean flag is_vf in efx_nic_type to differentiate
between a VF and PF at probe time. This flag is useful in later
patches while setting MAC address specially in the
PCI-passthrough case.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow PFs to allocate shared RSS contexts if we exhaust our
exclusive RSS contexts. Make VFs use shared RSS contexts in
all cases.
Spruce up error handling so that the shadow copy of the RSS
table is updated after successful update, rather than in all
cases, so that we report the actual contents of the RSS table
after a failure to set it, rather than what we'd like it to be.
Populate context_size parameter when vacuously allocating RSS
context of size 1.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Accept EPERM in some simple cases, the following cases are handled:
1) efx_mcdi_read_assertion()
Unprivileged PCI functions aren't allowed to GET_ASSERTS.
We return success as it's up to the primary PF to deal with asserts.
2) efx_mcdi_mon_probe() in efx_ef10_probe()
Unprivileged PCI functions aren't allowed to read sensor info, and
worrying about sensor data is the primary PF's job.
3) phy_op->reconfigure() in efx_init_port() and efx_reset_up()
Unprivileged functions aren't allowed to MC_CMD_SET_LINK, they just have
to accept the settings (including flow-control, which is what
efx_init_port() is worried about) they've been given.
4) Fallback to GET_WORKAROUNDS in efx_ef10_probe()
Unprivileged PCI functions aren't allowed to set workarounds. So if
efx_mcdi_set_workaround() fails EPERM, use efx_mcdi_get_workarounds()
to find out if workaround_35388 is enabled.
5) If DRV_ATTACH gets EPERM, try without specifying fw-variant
Unprivileged PCI functions have to use a FIRMWARE_ID of 0xffffffff
(MC_CMD_FW_DONT_CARE).
6) Don't try to exit_assertion unless one had fired
Previously we called efx_mcdi_exit_assertion even if
efx_mcdi_read_assertion had received MC_CMD_GET_ASSERTS_FLAGS_NO_FAILS.
This is unnecessary, and the resulting MC_CMD_REBOOT, even if the
AFTER_ASSERTION flag made it a no-op, would fail EPERM for unprivileged
PCI functions.
So make efx_mcdi_read_assertion return whether an assert happened, and only
call efx_mcdi_exit_assertion if it has.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to use MC_CMD_VADAPTOR_SET_MAC, vadaptors must be
manually allocated and freed as automatic vadaptors will disappear
when their reference_count reaches zero, which must happen before
the MAC address is changed.
Vadaptors are allocated and freed in the vswitching_probe/remove
functions for PFs and VFs, and this means that vadaptors are restored
correctly following an MC reboot or other reset when required.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parent PF creates vports for all its child VFs and adds MAC
addresses to these. When the VF driver loads, it can make an MCDI
call to get the MAC address that the parent PF assigned it.
The parent PF also assigns a mac address to its own vport because
implicit creation of a vAdaptor will only work on evb ports with
MAC addresses assigned.
The vport MAC address needs to be stored in the PF's nic_data
struct as it can later be changed on the vadaptor (and its net_dev
struct). When removing a vport the original MAC address must be
deleted.
A new flag is needed in the VF data structure to identify whether
a vport has been assigned to the VF. This is to determine whether
it needs to be un-assigned before freeing the vport. Also,
attempting to un-assign a vport which is not assigned will result
in an EALREADY error.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added efx_nic_type structure for VF.
Mapped a different BAR for VF as it uses BAR 0 for memory.
Added functions sriov_init and sriov_fini.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use MC_CMD_GET_FUNCTION_INFO to record the PF number in nic_data.
This will be needed when assigned vports to VFs.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds functions to allocate and free vswitches and vports; vadaptors
are automatically allocated and freed when TX/RX queues are
initialised and finalised. This vswitching structure is only created
if the firmware supports it, so a check that full-featured firmware
is running is performed first.
If the MC resets, the vswitching infrastructure will need to be
recreated, so mark the "must_probe_vswitching" flag when an MC reboot
is detected.
Don't try to create a vswitch if vf-count=0
This allocation of vswitches and vports does not currently support
configuring VLAN tags, but that can be added in a future change.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default port ID of EVB_PORT_ID_ASSIGNED is a "magic" number
for the MCFW to select the physical port of the PF. If other
vswitches and vports are created on top of the default firmware
configuration, the ID of the newly created vport is then required
when passed to MCDI commands. Currently, this doesn't happen so
the vport_id is never changed, but a subsequent patch will change
this behaviour so that other vswitches and vports are created.
The vport_id recorded in nic_data is only relevant for PFs.
VFs will have their vports created by their parent PF, and in
that case the parent PF will record the vport ID of each VF.
For a VF, nic_data->vport_id is expected to remain at the default
value.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The (future) code to add/remove vswitches and vports will be
dependent on the firmware variant.
To simplify the checking of the firmware variant, record
values for rx_dpcpu_fw_id and tx_dpcpu_fw_id in EF10 nic_data.
There was only one place where this was previously used:
efx_mcdi_print_fwver() in ethtool.c.
The MC_CMD_GET_CAPABILITIES can be replaced and the values from
nic_data used instead.
Note that the printing of "?" if the MC command fails or if the
outlength is incorrect no longer apply, because errors are returned
in efx_ef10_init_datapath_caps() in both of these cases.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX_DOMAIN field is currently reserved but its safer to set
it to 0 for future compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the use of sriov_configure on EF10
to enable Virtual Functions while the driver is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The efx_vf struct contains Siena-specific fields for VFs,
so rename to siena_vf.
Also move it into the siena_nic_data struct, as EF10 will
track its VFs in its own ef10_nic_data, storing much less
information about them since VFDI is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By putting all the efx_{siena,ef10}_sriov_* declarations in
{siena,ef10}_sriov.h, ensure they cannot be called from nic-generic code.
Also fixes up an instance of this, where mcdi.c was calling
efx_siena_sriov_flr.
The single instance of netdev_ops should call general high level
functions that can then call something adapter specific in efx_nic_type.
We should only do adapter specialisation via efx_nic_type.
Removal of sriov functionality from the Falcon code means that tests
are needed for the presence of some callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is sold as 'Lenovo OneLink Pro Dock'.
Chipset is RTL8153 and works with r8152.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Titskiy <qehgt0@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA can have nested MDIO busses, where the Ethernet MDIO bus is used
to access an MDIO bus within the switch which has the PHYs connected
to it. This nesting causes lockdep to give false positives. Use
mutex_lock_nested() to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMI bus is the bottleneck in all switch operations, not the
granularity of locks. Replace the stats mutex by the SMI mutex to make
the locking concept simpler.
The REG_READ/REG_WRITE macros cannot be used while holding the SMI
mutex, since they try to acquire it. Replace with calls to the
appropriate function which does not try to get the mutex.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMI bus is the bottleneck in all switch operations, not the
granularity of locks. Replace the PHY mutex by the SMI mutex to make
the locking concept simpler.
The REG_READ/REG_WRITE macros cannot be used while holding the SMI
mutex, since they try to acquire it. Replace with calls to the
appropriate function which does not try to get the mutex.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6185 is part of the family that the mv88e6131 driver
supports. Add it to the probe function, and set the number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 6171 is one member of the family 6171/6175/6350/6351. Add the
other family members to the driver.
Not tested on these new devices.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6172 is part of the mv88e6352 family of devices. Move support
for it out of the mv88e6171 driver into the mv88e6352, which results
in some simplifications to the code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use defines for registers, shifts and bits in the remaining register
accesses in the individual drivers, in order to aid readability.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that setting up a port is identical for all switches, centralisers
the code looping over all the ports to set them up.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port setup code in the individual drivers is identical for 6123,
6171, and 6352, and very similar in 6131. Move it all into mv88e6xxx,
using the chip families to differentiate on features.
Similarly, the global setup is also very similar. Move the majority
into mv8e6xxx.
The chips themselves fall into families. Add helpers which uses the
device IDs to determine if a device is a member of a family or not.
Add some additional device IDs to the existing list, to make these
helper functions more complete. However these IDs are not yet added to
the probe functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same hardware issue the at91 must work around applies to at least the
Zynq ethernet, and possibly more devices. The driver also needs to handle
the RXUBR interrupt since it turns it on with MACB_RX_INT_FLAGS anyway.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This prevents silence failures with driver waiting (infinitely) for a
callback.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"flowrings" and "*flowrings" are both pointers so this always returns
sizeof(void *) and the current code works fine. But "*flowrings" is
intended here and static checkers complain, so lets change it.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If the wl18xx-conf.bin file is missing or invalid (e.g. due
to recent driver change), fallback to default configuration
instead of failing driver load.
Reported-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
cfg80211 would complain about invalid AID in during TDLS setup.
This was happening because we use same AID value as provide by AP
while forming setup messages.
Parse AID from Association response and filter BIT14 and BIT15
of AID to get valid AID.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wait_event_interruptible_timeout() returns 0 upon timeout. We should
convert it to a negative error code (such as -ETIMEDOUT) instead of
returning it directly, as return code of 0 indicates that command was
executed.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Normal FFT reports generate a LOT of data, to save resources
enable short repeat by default also on ath9k_htc (it's already
enabled by default on ath9k). This can always be changed from
userspace if needed.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
E/M noise is a pretty good source of entropy so we mix the FFT
measurements of the E/M spectrum to /dev/random pool. Note that
this doesn't increase the pool's entropy count but it still helps
on improving the output of /dev/(u)random.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Temp buffer is only used for fixing malformed frames, there is no
need to memset it every time.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no reason to keep processing FFT reports if there is no
space left on the relayfs buffers for the results. This saves
lots of CPU cycles, especially on normal (non-short) reports.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
No need to copy the frame to the temporary buffer when its length
is ok.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since we have lots of frames on a normal FFT report don't bother
processing the malformed ones. Only try to fix malformed frames
in case of a short FFT report (only a single frame on the report).
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since we can identify the FFT frames on the report by checking the
consistency of their magnitude info, we can process all of them,
even when some of them are corrupted.
This patch introduces two functions to quickly verify the integrity
of the mag_info fields and some further tweaks to detect the frames
in the report and process them.
Note that in case of missing bytes we don't duplicate them, instead
we leave them as zeroes. This way we get less noise on the FFT plot.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
a) Check that the maximum magnitude is at the specified index
b) Check if the maximum magnitude index is at dc_pos and if so
calculate a new one (value at dc_pos is invalid)
c) Check if the specified maximum magnitude is indeed the maximum
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since more checks and fixes will be added later and ath_cmn_process_fft is
already big enough.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Maximum magnitude index is a 5bit signed integer,
convert to an 8bit signed integer and then "shift" it so that it can be used
as an array index. Note that the current implementation adds +1 to the index
value (so it can't be used as an array index) and it's only valid for HT20
channels.
Note that the maximum magnitude index is not being used by
the userspace tools that parse FFT samples (they just use
maximum magnitude) so this doesn't break userspace compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FFT spectral scan is a functionality that makes sense to have its own
debug flag.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* Interrupt request need to happen when the wilink chip is powered on and
driving the wlan_irq line. This avoids spurious interrupt issues that
are a result of different external pulls configuration on different
platforms
* Allow working with wl18xx level-low and falling edge irqs by configuring
wl18xx to invert the device interrupt
Signed-off-by: Eyal Reizer <eyalr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fix some spelling typo in drivers/net/wirless
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We will reset more_task_flag at the end of main process
routine. This optimization will help to remove spinlock
operations at couple of places in the code.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With PCIE it is possible to support multiple devices with the
same device type. They all load the same nvram file. In order to
support this the nvram can specify which part of the nvram is
for which pcie device. This patch adds support for these new
types of nvram files.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
